This is a complete list of the parameters which can be set via the MAVLink protocol in the EEPROM of your autopilot to control vehicle behaviour. This list is automatically generated from the latest ardupilot source code, and so may contain parameters which are not yet in the stable released versions of the code.
[toc exclude="Complete Parameter List"]This value is incremented when changes are made to the eeprom format
Level of aggressiveness of pitch and roll PID gains. Lower values result in a 'softer' tune. Level 6 recommended for most planes. A value of 0 means to keep the current values of RMAX and TCONST for the controllers, tuning only the PID values
Fixed Wing Autotune specific options. Useful on QuadPlanes with higher INS_GYRO_FILTER settings to prevent these filter values from being set too aggressively during Fixed Wing Autotune.
bitmask of PIDs to send MAVLink PID_TUNING messages for
Amount of rudder to add during aileron movement. Increase if nose initially yaws away from roll. Reduces adverse yaw.
Pitch up to add in proportion to throttle. 100% throttle will add this number of degrees to the pitch target.
Degrees of down pitch added when throttle is below TRIM_THROTTLE in FBWA and AUTOTUNE modes. Scales linearly so full value is added when THR_MIN is reached. Helps to keep airspeed higher in glides or landing approaches and prevents accidental stalls. 2 degrees recommended for most planes.
This controls the minimum altitude change for a waypoint before an altitude slope will be used instead of an immediate altitude change. The default value is 15 meters, which helps to smooth out waypoint missions where small altitude changes happen near waypoints. If you don't want altitude slopes to be used in missions then you can set this to zero, which will disable altitude slope calculations. Otherwise you can set it to a minimum number of meters of altitude error to the destination waypoint before an altitude slope will be used to change altitude.
This controls the height above the altitude slope the plane may be before rebuilding it. This is useful for smoothing out an auto-takeoff.
When enabled, this adds user stick input to the control surfaces in auto modes, allowing the user to have some degree of flight control without changing modes. There are 3 types of stick mixing available. If you set STICK_MIXING to 1 or 4 then it will use "fly by wire" mixing. 4 will provide roll and yaw control, while 1 also provides FBW-A style pitch control. If you set STICK_MIXING to 3 then it will apply to the yaw while in quadplane modes only, such as while doing an automatic VTOL takeoff or landing. WARNING: FBW-A pitch control does not offer flight envelope protections. Prolonged pitch inputs in mode 1 can result in a stall or overspeed condition, and should be avoided.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | FBW style |
3 | VTOL Yaw only |
4 | FBW style (no pitch) |
Minimum GPS ground speed in m/s used by the speed check that un-suppresses throttle in auto-takeoff. This can be be used for catapult launches where you want the motor to engage only after the plane leaves the catapult, but it is preferable to use the TKOFF_THR_MINACC and TKOFF_THR_DELAY parameters for catapult launches due to the errors associated with GPS measurements. For hand launches with a pusher prop it is strongly advised that this parameter be set to a value no less than 4 m/s to provide additional protection against premature motor start. Note that the GPS velocity will lag the real velocity by about 0.5 seconds. The ground speed check is delayed by the TKOFF_THR_DELAY parameter.
Minimum forward acceleration in m/s/s before arming the ground speed check in auto-takeoff. This is meant to be used for hand launches. Setting this value to 0 disables the acceleration test which means the ground speed check will always be armed which could allow GPS velocity jumps to start the engine. For hand launches and bungee launches this should be set to around 15. Also see TKOFF_ACCEL_CNT parameter for control of full "shake to arm".
This parameter sets the time delay (in 1/10ths of a second) that the ground speed check is delayed after the forward acceleration check controlled by TKOFF_THR_MINACC has passed. For hand launches with pusher propellers it is essential that this is set to a value of no less than 2 (0.2 seconds) to ensure that the aircraft is safely clear of the throwers arm before the motor can start. For bungee launches a larger value can be used (such as 30) to give time for the bungee to release from the aircraft before the motor is started.
This sets the time that maximum throttle will be forced during a fixed wing takeoff.
The minimum throttle to use in takeoffs in AUTO and TAKEOFF flight modes, when TKOFF_OPTIONS bit 0 is set. Also, the minimum throttle to use in a quadpane forward transition. This can be useful to ensure faster takeoffs or transitions on aircraft where the normal throttle control leads to a slow takeoff or transition. It is used when it is larger than THR_MIN, otherwise THR_MIN is used instead.
The idle throttle to hold after arming and before a takeoff. Applicable in TAKEOFF and AUTO modes.
This selects the mode of the takeoff in AUTO and TAKEOFF flight modes.
This parameter sets the amount of elevator to apply during the initial stage of a takeoff. It is used to hold the tail wheel of a taildragger on the ground during the initial takeoff stage to give maximum steering. This option should be combined with the TKOFF_TDRAG_SPD1 option and the GROUND_STEER_ALT option along with tuning of the ground steering controller. A value of zero means to bypass the initial "tail hold" stage of takeoff. Set to zero for hand and catapult launch. For tail-draggers you should normally set this to 100, meaning full up elevator during the initial stage of takeoff. For most tricycle undercarriage aircraft a value of zero will work well, but for some tricycle aircraft a small negative value (say around -20 to -30) will apply down elevator which will hold the nose wheel firmly on the ground during initial acceleration. Only use a negative value if you find that the nosewheel doesn't grip well during takeoff. Too much down elevator on a tricycle undercarriage may cause instability in steering as the plane pivots around the nosewheel. Add down elevator 10 percent at a time.
This parameter sets the airspeed at which to stop holding the tail down and transition to rudder control of steering on the ground. When TKOFF_TDRAG_SPD1 is reached the pitch of the aircraft will be held level until TKOFF_ROTATE_SPD is reached, at which point the takeoff pitch specified in the mission will be used to "rotate" the pitch for takeoff climb. Set TKOFF_TDRAG_SPD1 to zero to go straight to rotation. This should be set to zero for hand launch and catapult launch. It should also be set to zero for tricycle undercarriages unless you are using the method above to gently hold the nose wheel down. For tail dragger aircraft it should be set just below the stall speed.
This parameter sets the airspeed at which the aircraft will "rotate", setting climb pitch specified in the mission. If TKOFF_ROTATE_SPD is zero then the climb pitch will be used as soon as takeoff is started. For hand launch and catapult launches a TKOFF_ROTATE_SPD of zero should be set. For all ground launches TKOFF_ROTATE_SPD should be set above the stall speed, usually by about 10 to 30 percent. During the run, use TKOFF_GND_PITCH to keep the aircraft on the runway while below this airspeed.
This parameter sets the slew rate for the throttle during auto takeoff. When this is zero the THR_SLEWRATE parameter is used during takeoff. For rolling takeoffs it can be a good idea to set a lower slewrate for takeoff to give a slower acceleration which can improve ground steering control. The value is a percentage throttle change per second, so a value of 20 means to advance the throttle over 5 seconds on takeoff. Values below 20 are not recommended as they may cause the plane to try to climb out with too little throttle. A value of -1 means no limit on slew rate in takeoff.
This parameter reduces the pitch minimum limit of an auto-takeoff just a few seconds before it reaches the target altitude. This reduces overshoot by allowing the flight controller to start leveling off a few seconds before reaching the target height. When set to zero, the mission pitch min is enforced all the way to and through the target altitude, otherwise the pitch min slowly reduces to zero in the final segment. This is the pitch_min, not the demand. The flight controller should still be commanding to gain altitude to finish the takeoff but with this param it is not forcing it higher than it wants to be.
The amount of flaps (as a percentage) to apply in automatic takeoff
This controls the maximum bank angle in degrees during flight modes where level flight is desired, such as in the final stages of landing, and during auto takeoff. This should be a small angle (such as 5 degrees) to prevent a wing hitting the runway during takeoff or landing. Setting this to zero will completely disable heading hold on auto takeoff while below 5 meters and during the flare portion of a final landing approach.
This controls when to use reverse thrust. If set to a non-zero value then the bits correspond to flight stages where reverse thrust may be used. The most commonly used value for USE_REV_THRUST is 2, which means AUTO_LAND only. That enables reverse thrust in the landing stage of AUTO mode. Another common choice is 1, which means to use reverse thrust in all auto flight stages. Reverse thrust is always used in MANUAL mode if enabled with THR_MIN < 0. In non-autothrottle controlled modes, if reverse thrust is not used, then THR_MIN is effectively set to 0 for that mode.
This is added to the target altitude in automatic flight. It can be used to add a global altitude offset to a mission
Defines the maximum distance from a waypoint that when crossed indicates the waypoint may be complete. To avoid the aircraft looping around the waypoint in case it misses by more than the WP_RADIUS an additional check is made to see if the aircraft has crossed a "finish line" passing through the waypoint and perpendicular to the flight path from the previous waypoint. If that finish line is crossed then the waypoint is considered complete. Note that the navigation controller may decide to turn later than WP_RADIUS before a waypoint, based on how sharp the turn is and the speed of the aircraft. It is safe to set WP_RADIUS much larger than the usual turn radius of your aircraft and the navigation controller will work out when to turn. If you set WP_RADIUS too small then you will tend to overshoot the turns.
Sets the maximum distance to a waypoint for the waypoint to be considered complete. This overrides the "cross the finish line" logic that is normally used to consider a waypoint complete. For normal AUTO behaviour this parameter should be set to zero. Using a non-zero value is only recommended when it is critical that the aircraft does approach within the given radius, and should loop around until it has done so. This can cause the aircraft to loop forever if its turn radius is greater than the maximum radius set.
Defines the distance from the waypoint center, the plane will maintain during a loiter. If you set this value to a negative number then the default loiter direction will be counter-clockwise instead of clockwise. If this value is too close to zero, the achieved loiter radius will be determined by ROLL_LIMIT_DEG.
Defines the radius of the loiter circle when in RTL mode. If this is zero then WP_LOITER_RAD is used. If the radius is negative then a counter-clockwise is used. If positive then a clockwise loiter is used. For quadplanes with Q_RTL_MODE set to 1 (Enabled), this value is used to set the minimum radius at which the plane will transition from fixed-wing to VTOL mode for landing.
Enables roll limits at low airspeed in roll limiting flight modes. Roll limits based on aerodynamic load factor in turns and scale on AIRSPEED_MIN that must be set correctly. Without airspeed sensor, uses synthetic airspeed from wind speed estimate that may both be inaccurate.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Target cruise airspeed in m/s in automatic throttle modes. Value is as an indicated (calibrated/apparent) airspeed.
Minimum airspeed demanded in automatic throttle modes. Should be set to 20% higher than level flight stall speed.
Maximum airspeed demanded in automatic throttle modes. Should be set slightly less than level flight speed at THR_MAX and also at least 50% above AIRSPEED_MIN to allow for accurate TECS altitude control.
If stall prevention is enabled this speed is used to calculate the minimum airspeed while banking. It is also used during landing final as the minimum airspeed that can be demanded by the TECS, which allows using TECS_LAND_ARSPD or LAND_PF_ARSPD to achieve landings slower than AIRSPEED_MIN. If this is set to 0 then the stall speed is assumed to be the minimum airspeed speed. Typically set slightly higher then true stall speed.
Reverse sense of elevator in FBWB and CRUISE modes. When set to 0 up elevator (pulling back on the stick) means to raise altitude. When set to 1, up elevator means to lower altitude.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This enables terrain following for CRUISE mode, FBWB mode, RTL and for rally points. To use this option you also need to set TERRAIN_ENABLE to 1, which enables terrain data fetching from the GCS, and you need to have a GCS that supports sending terrain data to the aircraft. When terrain following is enabled then CRUISE and FBWB mode will hold height above terrain rather than height above home. In RTL the return to launch altitude will be considered to be a height above the terrain. Rally point altitudes will be taken as height above the terrain. This option does not affect mission items, which have a per-waypoint flag for whether they are height above home or height above the terrain. To use terrain following missions you need a ground station which can set the waypoint type to be a terrain height waypoint when creating the mission.
This controls how far ahead the terrain following code looks to ensure it stays above upcoming terrain. A value of zero means no lookahead, so the controller will track only the terrain directly below the aircraft. The lookahead will never extend beyond the next waypoint when in AUTO mode.
This sets the rate in m/s at which FBWB and CRUISE modes will change its target altitude for full elevator deflection. Note that the actual climb rate of the aircraft can be lower than this, depending on your airspeed and throttle control settings. If you have this parameter set to the default value of 2.0, then holding the elevator at maximum deflection for 10 seconds would change the target altitude by 20 meters.
Minimum throttle percentage used in all modes except manual, provided THR_PASS_STAB is not set. Negative values allow reverse thrust if hardware supports it.
Maximum throttle percentage used in all modes except manual, provided THR_PASS_STAB is not set.
The maximum throttle setting during automatic takeoff. If this is zero then THR_MAX is used for takeoff as well.
Maximum change in throttle percentage per second. Lower limit based on 1 microsend of servo increase per loop. Divide SCHED_LOOP_RATE by approximately 10 to determine minimum achievable value.
maximum percentage change in flap output per second. A setting of 25 means to not change the flap by more than 25% of the full flap range in one second. A value of 0 means no rate limiting.
When throttle is suppressed in auto mode it is normally forced to zero. If you enable this option, then while suppressed it will be manual throttle. This is useful on petrol engines to hold the idle throttle manually while waiting for takeoff
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
If this is set then when in STABILIZE, FBWA or ACRO modes the throttle is a direct passthru from the transmitter. This means the THR_MIN and THR_MAX settings are not used in these modes. This is useful for petrol engines where you setup a throttle cut switch that suppresses the throttle below the normal minimum.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
0 disables the failsafe. 1 enables failsafe on loss of RC input. This is detected either by throttle values below THR_FS_VALUE, loss of receiver valid pulses/data, or by the FS bit in receivers that provide it, like SBUS. A programmable failsafe action will occur and RC inputs, if present, will be ignored. A value of 2 means that the RC inputs won't be used when RC failsafe is detected by any of the above methods, but it won't trigger an RC failsafe action.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | EnabledNoFailsafe |
The PWM level on the throttle input channel below which throttle failsafe triggers. Note that this should be well below the normal minimum for your throttle channel.
Target percentage of throttle to apply for flight in automatic throttle modes and throttle percentage that maintains AIRSPEED_CRUISE. Caution: low battery voltages at the end of flights may require higher throttle to maintain airspeed.
When enabled, this uses the throttle input in auto-throttle modes to 'nudge' the throttle or airspeed to higher or lower values. When you have an airspeed sensor the nudge affects the target airspeed, so that throttle inputs above 50% will increase the target airspeed from AIRSPEED_CRUISE up to a maximum of AIRSPEED_MAX. When no airspeed sensor is enabled the throttle nudge will push up the target throttle for throttle inputs above 50%.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The action to take on a short failsafe event. A short failsafe event can be triggered instantly by loss of RC control or by throttle value (see THR_FS_VALUE). If in CIRCLE or RTL mode this parameter is ignored. A short failsafe event in stabilization and manual modes will cause a change to CIRCLE mode if FS_SHORT_ACTN is 0 or 1, a change to FBWA mode with zero throttle if FS_SHORT_ACTN is 2, and a change to FBWB mode if FS_SHORT_ACTN is 4. In all other modes (AUTO, GUIDED and LOITER) a short failsafe event will cause no mode change if FS_SHORT_ACTN is set to 0, will cause a change to CIRCLE mode if set to 1, will change to FBWA mode with zero throttle if set to 2, or will change to FBWB if set to 4. Please see the documentation for FS_LONG_ACTN for the behaviour after FS_LONG_TIMEOUT seconds of failsafe. This parameter only applies to failsafes during fixed wing modes. Quadplane modes will switch to QLAND unless Q_OPTIONS bit 5(QRTL) or 20(RTL) are set.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | CIRCLE/no change(if already in AUTO|GUIDED|LOITER) |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | FBWA at zero throttle |
3 | Disable |
4 | FBWB |
The action to take on a long (FS_LONG_TIMEOUT seconds) failsafe event. If the aircraft was in a stabilization or manual mode when failsafe started and a long failsafe occurs then it will change to RTL mode if FS_LONG_ACTN is 0 or 1, and will change to FBWA if FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 2. If the aircraft was in an auto mode (such as AUTO or GUIDED) when the failsafe started then it will continue in the auto mode if FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 0, will change to RTL mode if FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 1 and will change to FBWA mode if FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 2. If FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 3, the parachute will be deployed (make sure the chute is configured and enabled). If FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 4 the aircraft will switch to mode AUTO with the current waypoint if it is not already in mode AUTO, unless it is in the middle of a landing sequence. If FS_LONG_ACTN is set to 5, will switch to AUTOLAND mode if possible, otherwise RTL mode. This parameter only applies to failsafes during fixed wing modes. Quadplane modes will switch to QLAND unless Q_OPTIONS bit 5 (QRTL) or 20(RTL) are set.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Continue |
1 | ReturnToLaunch |
2 | Glide |
3 | Deploy Parachute |
4 | Auto |
5 | AUTOLAND |
The time in seconds that a failsafe condition has to persist before a long failsafe event will occur. This defaults to 5 seconds.
Enable ground control station telemetry failsafe. Failsafe will trigger after FS_LONG_TIMEOUT seconds of no MAVLink heartbeat messages. There are three possible enabled settings. Setting FS_GCS_ENABL to 1 means that GCS failsafe will be triggered when the aircraft has not received a MAVLink HEARTBEAT message. Note that heartbeat tracking only becomes active after having received the first heartbeat from the MAV_GCS_SYSID primary GCS system. Setting FS_GCS_ENABL to 2 means that GCS failsafe will be triggered on either a loss of HEARTBEAT messages, or a RADIO_STATUS message from a MAVLink enabled telemetry adio indicating that the primary ground station is not receiving status updates from the aircraft, which is indicated by the RADIO_STATUS.remrssi field being zero (this may happen if you have a one way link due to asymmetric noise on the ground station and aircraft radios).Setting FS_GCS_ENABL to 3 means that GCS failsafe will be triggered by Heartbeat(like option one), but only in AUTO mode. WARNING: Enabling this option opens up the possibility of your plane going into failsafe mode and running the motor on the ground it it loses contact with your ground station. If this option is enabled on an electric plane then you should enable ARMING_REQUIRED.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Heartbeat |
2 | HeartbeatAndREMRSSI |
3 | HeartbeatAndAUTO |
RC Channel to use for flight mode control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Channel 1 |
2 | Channel 2 |
3 | Channel 3 |
4 | Channel 4 |
5 | Channel 5 |
6 | Channel 6 |
7 | Channel 7 |
8 | Channel 8 |
9 | Channel 9 |
10 | Channel 10 |
11 | Channel 11 |
12 | Channel 12 |
13 | Channel 13 |
14 | Channel 14 |
15 | Channel 15 |
16 | Channel 16 |
Flight mode for switch position 1 (910 to 1230 and above 2049)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Flight mode for switch position 2 (1231 to 1360)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Flight mode for switch position 3 (1361 to 1490)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Flight mode for switch position 4 (1491 to 1620)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Flight mode for switch position 5 (1621 to 1749)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Flight mode for switch position 6 (1750 to 2049)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
This selects the mode to start in on boot. This is useful for when you want to start in AUTO mode on boot without a receiver.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Manual |
1 | CIRCLE |
2 | STABILIZE |
3 | TRAINING |
4 | ACRO |
5 | FBWA |
6 | FBWB |
7 | CRUISE |
8 | AUTOTUNE |
10 | Auto |
11 | RTL |
12 | Loiter |
13 | TAKEOFF |
14 | AVOID_ADSB |
15 | Guided |
17 | QSTABILIZE |
18 | QHOVER |
19 | QLOITER |
20 | QLAND |
21 | QRTL |
22 | QAUTOTUNE |
23 | QACRO |
24 | THERMAL |
25 | Loiter to QLand |
26 | AUTOLAND |
Maximum bank angle commanded in modes with stabilized limits. Increase this value for sharper turns, but decrease to prevent accelerated stalls.
Maximum pitch up angle commanded in modes with stabilized limits.
Maximum pitch down angle commanded in modes with stabilized limits
The maximum roll rate at full stick deflection in ACRO mode
The maximum pitch rate at full stick deflection in ACRO mode
The maximum yaw rate at full stick deflection in ACRO mode. If this is zero then rudder is directly controlled by rudder stick input. This option is only available if you also set YAW_RATE_ENABLE to 1.
Enable attitude locking when sticks are released. If set to 2 then quaternion based locking is used if the yaw rate controller is enabled. Quaternion based locking will hold any attitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Quaternion |
Altitude at which to use the ground steering controller on the rudder. If non-zero then the STEER2SRV controller will be used to control the rudder for altitudes within this limit of the home altitude.
Ground steering rate in degrees per second for full rudder stick deflection
The gain for the Vtail and elevon output mixers. The default is 0.5, which ensures that the mixer doesn't saturate, allowing both input channels to go to extremes while retaining control over the output. Hardware mixers often have a 1.0 gain, which gives more servo throw, but can saturate. If you don't have enough throw on your servos with VTAIL_OUTPUT or ELEVON_OUTPUT enabled then you can raise the gain using MIXING_GAIN. The mixer allows outputs in the range 900 to 2100 microseconds.
Enable rudder only mode. The rudder will control attitude in attitude controlled modes (such as FBWA). You should setup your transmitter to send roll stick inputs to the RCMAP_YAW channel (normally channel 4). The rudder servo should be attached to the RCMAP_YAW channel as well. Note that automatic ground steering will be disabled for rudder only aircraft. You should also set KFF_RDDRMIX to 1.0. You will also need to setup the YAW2SRV_DAMP yaw damping appropriately for your aircraft. A value of 0.5 for YAW2SRV_DAMP is a good starting point.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The offset for the Vtail and elevon output mixers, as a percentage. This can be used in combination with MIXING_GAIN to configure how the control surfaces respond to input. The response to aileron or elevator input can be increased by setting this parameter to a positive or negative value. A common usage is to enter a positive value to increase the aileron response of the elevons of a flying wing. The default value of zero will leave the aileron-input response equal to the elevator-input response.
Sets the amount of deflection that the rudder output will apply to the differential spoilers, as a percentage. The default value of 100 results in full rudder applying full deflection. A value of 0 will result in the differential spoilers exactly following the elevons (no rudder effect).
Bitmap of what on-board log types to enable. This value is made up of the sum of each of the log types you want to be saved. It is usually best just to enable all basic log types by setting this to 65535.
Airspeed in m/s to use when calculating surface speed scaling. Note that changing this value will affect all PID values
Minimum ground speed when under airspeed control
Offset in degrees used for in-flight pitch trimming for level flight. Correct ground leveling is an alternative to changing this parameter.
Target altitude above home for RTL mode. Maintains current altitude if set to -1. Rally point altitudes are used if plane does not return to home.
This is the minimum altitude in meters (above home) that FBWB and CRUISE modes will allow. If you attempt to descend below this altitude then the plane will level off. It will also force a climb to this altitude if below in these modes. A value of zero means no limit.
The percentage change in flap position when FLAP_1_SPEED is reached. Use zero to disable flaps
The speed in meters per second at which to engage FLAP_1_PERCENT of flaps. Note that FLAP_1_SPEED should be greater than or equal to FLAP_2_SPEED
The percentage change in flap position when FLAP_2_SPEED is reached. Use zero to disable flaps
The speed in meters per second at which to engage FLAP_2_PERCENT of flaps. Note that FLAP_1_SPEED should be greater than or equal to FLAP_2_SPEED
If set to a non-zero value then this is an RC input channel number to use for giving IO manual control in case the main FMU microcontroller on a board with a IO co-processor fails. When this RC input channel goes above 1750 the FMU microcontroller will no longer be involved in controlling the servos and instead the IO microcontroller will directly control the servos. Note that IO manual control will be automatically activated if the FMU crashes for any reason. This parameter allows you to test for correct manual behaviour without actually crashing the FMU. This parameter is can be set to a non-zero value either for ground testing purposes or for giving the effect of an external override control board. Note that you may set OVERRIDE_CHAN to the same channel as FLTMODE_CH to get IO based override when in flight mode 6. Note that when override is triggered due to a FMU crash the 6 auxiliary output channels on the FMU will no longer be updated, so all the flight controls you need must be assigned to the first 8 channels on boards with an IOMCU.
Automatically begin landing sequence after arriving at RTL location. This requires the addition of a DO_LAND_START mission item, which acts as a marker for the start of a landing sequence. The closest landing sequence will be chosen to the current location For a value of 1 a rally point will be used instead of HOME if in range (see rally point documentation).If this is set to 0 and there is a DO_LAND_START or DO_RETURN_PATH_START mission item then you will get an arming check failure. You can set to a value of 3 to avoid the arming check failure and use the DO_LAND_START for go-around (see wiki for aborting autolandings) without it changing RTL behaviour.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Fly HOME then land via DO_LAND_START mission item |
2 | Go directly to landing sequence via DO_LAND_START mission item |
3 | OnlyForGoAround |
4 | Go directly to landing sequence via DO_RETURN_PATH_START mission item |
X-Axis deceleration threshold to notify the crash detector that there was a possible impact which helps disarm the motor quickly after a crash. This value should be much higher than normal negative x-axis forces during normal flight, check flight log files to determine the average IMU.x values for your aircraft and motor type. Higher value means less sensitive (triggers on higher impact). For electric planes that don't vibrate much during fight a value of 25 is good (that's about 2.5G). For petrol/nitro planes you'll want a higher value. Set to 0 to disable the collision detector.
Automatically detect a crash during AUTO flight and perform the bitmask selected action(s). Disarm will turn off motor for safety and to help against burning out ESC and motor. Set to 0 to disable crash detection.
Sets the use of a rangefinder for automatic landing and other use cases. When enabled for landing and takeoff the rangefinder will be used both on the landing approach and for final flare as well as as VTOL landing and for takeoffs and throttle suppression when close to the ground. When enabled for assist the rangefinder will be used for VTOL assistance. When enabled for climb the rangefinder will be used for the initial climb in QRTL and AUTO. Set to 0 to disable use of the rangefinder.
gain control from rudder to differential thrust
Mask of R/C channels to pass directly to corresponding output channel when in MANUAL mode. When in any mode except MANUAL the channels selected with this option behave normally. This parameter is designed to allow for complex mixing strategies to be used for MANUAL flight using transmitter based mixing. Note that when this option is used you need to be very careful with pre-flight checks to ensure that the output is correct both in MANUAL and non-MANUAL modes.
When the aircraft is within this altitude of the home waypoint, while disarmed it will automatically update the home position. Set to 0 to continuously reset it.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Never reset |
0 | Always reset |
Flight mode specific options
This is the number of acceleration events to require for arming with TKOFF_THR_MINACC. The default is 1, which means a single forward acceleration above TKOFF_THR_MINACC will arm. By setting this higher than 1 you can require more forward/backward movements to arm.
This is amount of deflection applied to the two outer surfaces for differential spoilers for flaps to give crow flaps. It is a number from 0 to 100. At zero no crow flaps are applied. A recommended starting value is 25.
This is amount of deflection applied to the two inner surfaces for differential spoilers for flaps to give crow flaps. It is a number from 0 to 100. At zero no crow flaps are applied. A recommended starting value is 45.
This is the timeout for an automatic takeoff. If this is non-zero and the aircraft does not reach a ground speed of at least 4 m/s within this number of seconds then the takeoff is aborted and the vehicle disarmed. If the value is zero then no timeout applies.
Differential spoiler and crow flaps options. Progressive crow flaps only first (0-50% flap in) then crow flaps (50 - 100% flap in).
This scales down the inner flaps so less than full downwards range can be used for differential spoiler and full span ailerons, 100 is use full range, upwards travel is unaffected
Forward throttle battery voltage compensation maximum voltage (voltage above this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 4.2 * cell count, 0 = Disabled. Recommend THR_MAX is set to no more than 100 x FWD_BAT_VOLT_MIN / FWD_BAT_VOLT_MAX, THR_MIN is set to no less than -100 x FWD_BAT_VOLT_MIN / FWD_BAT_VOLT_MAX and climb descent rate limits are set accordingly.
Forward throttle battery voltage compensation minimum voltage (voltage below this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 3.5 * cell count, 0 = Disabled. Recommend THR_MAX is set to no more than 100 x FWD_BAT_VOLT_MIN / FWD_BAT_VOLT_MAX, THR_MIN is set to no less than -100 x FWD_BAT_VOLT_MIN / FWD_BAT_VOLT_MAX and climb descent rate limits are set accordingly.
Which battery monitor should be used for doing compensation for the forward throttle
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | First battery |
1 | Second battery |
Allows setting the maximum acceptable compass and velocity variance used to check navigation health in VTOL modes
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.6 | Strict |
0.8 | Default |
1.0 | Relaxed |
The vehicle will climb this many m during the initial climb portion of the RTL. During this time the roll will be limited to LEVEL_ROLL_LIMIT degrees.
Percentage exponential for roll input in MANUAL, ACRO and TRAINING modes
Percentage exponential for pitch input in MANUAL, ACRO and TRAINING modes
Percentage exponential for rudder input in MANUAL, ACRO and TRAINING modes
Mask of output channels to use oneshot on
1-byte bitmap of axes to autotune
The orientation of rangefinder to use for landing detection. Should be set to Down for normal downward facing rangefinder and Back for rearward facing rangefinder for quadplane tailsitters. Custom orientation can be used with Custom1 or Custom2. The orientation must match at least one of the available rangefinders.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
4 | Back |
25 | Down |
101 | Custom1 |
102 | Custom2 |
The estimated battery resting voltage below which the throttle is cut in auto-throttle modes. Measured on the battery used for forward throttle compensation (FWD_BAT_IDX). If set to zero, the throttle will not be cut due to low voltage, allowing the motor(s) to continue running until the battery is depleted. This should be set to the minimum operating voltage of you motor(s) or to a voltage level where minimal thrust is produced, to conserve the remaining battery power for the electronics and actuators.
Sets the minimum height above home at which the aircraft will apply a climb slope between waypoints. Below it, the aircraft will ascend immediately, and will only resume the requested trajectory upon reaching this height. This prevents unsafe behavior such as attempting to slowly gain altitude near obstacles. The default value ensures safe operations in most environments, but it can be adjusted based on specific terrain or operational needs.
Bitmask of flight modes to disable for GCS selection. Mode can still be accessed via RC or failsafe.
Video stream camera model
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Unknown |
1 | Siyi A8 |
2 | Siyi ZR10 |
3 | Siyi ZR30 |
4 | Siyi ZT30 Zoom |
5 | Siyi ZT30 Wide |
6 | Siyi ZT30 IR |
7 | Siyi ZT6 RGB |
8 | Siyi ZT6 IR |
9 | Herelink WifiAP |
10 | Herelink USB-tethering |
11 | Topotek 1080p |
12 | Topotek 480p |
13 | Viewpro |
Video stream id
Video stream type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | RTSP |
1 | RTPUDP |
2 | TCP_MPEG |
3 | MPEG_TS |
Video stream flags
Video stream frame rate
Video stream horizontal resolution
Video stream vertical resolution
Video stream bitrate
Video stream horizontal FOV
Video stream encoding
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Unknown |
1 | H264 |
2 | H265 |
Video stream IP Address first octet
Video stream IP Address second octet
Video stream IP Address third octet
Video stream IP Address fourth octet
Video stream IP Address Port
enable battery info support
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
max battery cycles for arming
this is the highest value for battery cycles for all connected batteries
Follow Target Send Enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
MAVLink channel to which FOLLOW_TARGET should be sent
Maximum rate when retracting line
Maximum rate when releasing line
RCn_OPTION number to use to control winch rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
The altitude (rangefinder distance) below which we stop using the precision landing sensor and continue landing
The distance from target beyond which the target is ignored
Slung Payload enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Slung Payload Velocity P gain, higher values will result in faster movements in sync with payload
Oscillation is suppressed when vehicle and payload are no more than this distance horizontally. Set to 0 to always suppress
Slung Payload mavlink system id. 0 to use any/all system ids
WP position P gain. higher values will result in vehicle moving more quickly back to the original waypoint
payload's position estimator's time constant used to compensate for GPS errors and wind. Higher values result in smoother estimate but slower response
Slung payload debug output, set to 1 to enable debug
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The ratio between the front and back motor outputs during steady-state hover. Positive when the CoG is in front of the motors midpoint (front motors work harder).
Enable quicktune system
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
axes to tune
Ratio between measured response and FF gain. Raise this to get a higher FF gain
Ratio between steering FF and P gains. Raise this to get a higher P gain, 0 to leave P unchanged
Ratio between steering FF and I gains. Raise this to get a higher I gain, 0 to leave I unchanged
Ratio between measured response and CRUISE_THROTTLE value. Raise this to get a higher CRUISE_THROTTLE value
Ratio between speed FF and P gain. Raise this to get a higher P gain, 0 to leave P unchanged
Ratio between speed FF and I gain. Raise this to get a higher I gain, 0 to leave I unchanged
When enabled the PID filter settings are automatically set based on INS_GYRO_FILTER
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Number of seconds after completion of tune to auto-save. This is useful when using a 2 position switch for quicktune
RCn_OPTION number to use to control tuning stop/start/save
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
The mimimum speed in m/s required for tuning to start
thermal image colour palette
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Leave Unchanged |
0 | WhiteHot |
2 | Sepia |
3 | IronBow |
4 | Rainbow |
5 | Night |
6 | Aurora |
7 | RedHot |
8 | Jungle |
9 | Medical |
10 | BlackHot |
11 | GloryHot |
thermal image temperature range
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Leave Unchanged |
0 | LowGain (50C to 550C) |
1 | HighGain (-20C to 150C) |
save images with raw temperatures
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Leave Unchanged |
0 | Disabled (30fps) |
1 | Enabled (25 fps) |
ExternalNav may be used if innovations are below this threshold
ExternalNav may be used if quality is above this threshold
OpticalFlow may be used if innovations are below this threshold
OpticalFlow may be used if quality is above this threshold
OpticalFlow may be used if rangefinder distance is below this threshold
enable web server
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
web server TCP port
web server debugging
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
web server block size for download
timeout for inactive connections
sendfile is an offloading mechanism for faster file download. If this is non-zero and the file is larger than this size then sendfile will be used for file download
Setting an RC channel's _OPTION to this value will use it for Terrain Avoidance enable/disable
If the downward distance is less than this value then start Pitching up to gain altitude.
If the farwardward distance is less than this value then start Pitching up to gain altitude.
If the downward distance is less than this value then start Quading up to gain altitude.
If the farwardward distance is less than this value then start Quading up to gain altitude.
Minimum Groundspeed (not airspeed) to be flying for Pitching to be used.
Minimum down or forward distance must be triggered for more than this many seconds to start Pitching
Terrain avoidance will not be applied if the vehicle is less than this distance from home
This is a limit on how high the terrain avoidane will take the vehicle. It acts a failsafe to prevent vertical flyaways.
This is a limit on how fast in groundspeeed terrain avoidance will take the vehicle. This is to allow for reliable sensor readings. -1 for disabled.
This is the limit for triggering airbrake to slow groundspeed as a difference between the airspeed and groundspeed. -1 for disabled.
The minimum Height above terrain to maintain when following an AUTO mission or RTL. If zero(0) use TA_PTCH_DOW_MIN.
Whether to enable Can't Make That Climb while running Terrain Avoidance
Avoidance processing rate
Use this radius for the loiter when trying to gain altitude. If not set or <=0 use WP_LOITER_RAD
enable Auto land script action
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Altitude of final approach waypoint created by script
Distance from landing point (HOME) to final approach waypoint created by script in the opposite direction of initial takeoff
AHRS/EKF origin will be set to this latitude if not already set
AHRS/EKF origin will be set to this longitude if not already set
AHRS/EKF origin will be set to this altitude (in meters above sea level) if not already set
Enable quicktune system
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
axes to tune
Time to double a tuning parameter. Raise this for a slower tune.
Reduction in gain after oscillation detected. Raise this number to get a more conservative tune
Threshold for oscillation detection. A lower value will lead to a more conservative tune.
Maximum value for yaw P gain
Maximum value for yaw D gain
Ratio between P and I gains for roll and pitch. Raise this to get a lower I gain
Ratio between P and I gains for yaw. Raise this to get a lower I gain
When enabled the PID filter settings are automatically set based on INS_GYRO_FILTER
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Number of seconds after completion of tune to auto-save. This is useful when using a 2 position switch for quicktune
RCn_OPTION number to use to control tuning stop/start/save
This controls how much quicktune is allowed to lower gains from the original gains. If the vehicle already has a reasonable tune and is not oscillating then you can set this to zero to prevent gain reductions. The default of 20% is reasonable for most vehicles. Using a maximum gain reduction lowers the chance of an angle P oscillation happening if quicktune gets a false positive oscillation at a low gain, which can result in very low rate gains and a dangerous angle P oscillation.
Additional options. When the Two Position Switch option is enabled then a high switch position will start the tune, low will disable the tune. you should also set a QUIK_AUTO_SAVE time so that you will be able to save the tune.
If while tuning the angle error goes over this limit then the tune will aborts to prevent a bad oscillation in the case of the tuning algorithm failing. If you get an error "Tuning: attitude error ABORTING" and you think it is a false positive then you can either raise this parameter or you can try increasing the QUIK_DOUBLE_TIME to do the tune more slowly. A value of zero disables this check.
Enable parameter reversion system
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
RCn_OPTION number to used to trigger parameter reversion
Automatically enables High Latency mode if not already enabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Enabled on telemetry loss |
When in High Latency mode, send Rockblock updates every N seconds
Sends Rockblock debug text to GCS via statustexts
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Enables the Rockblock sending and recieving
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
If RCK_FORCEHL=2, this is the number of seconds of GCS timeout until High Latency mode is auto-enabled
POI's max distance (in meters) from the vehicle
Check that MAV_SYSID (or SYDID_THISMAV) has been set. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
If FOLL_ENABLE = 1, check that FOLL_SYSID has been set. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
If FOLL_ENABLE = 1, check that FOLL_SYSID is different to MAV_SYSID. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Follow offsets should not be left as default (zero) if FOLL_ENABLE = 1. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
If FOLL_ENABLE = 1 and MNTx_SYSID_DEFLT is set, check that FOLL_SYSID is equal MNTx. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
RTL_CLIMB_MIN should be < 120m (400ft). 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Emergency Stop disables arming. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Fences loaded but no fence enabled. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Rally Point more than RALLY_LIMIT_KM kilometers away. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
RTL_ALT should be < 120m (400ft). 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Notify the user that on failsafe a QuadPlan will land. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Notify the user that on failsafe a QuadPlan will QRTL. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Validate that AIRSPEED_STALL(if set) < MIN < CRUISE < MAX d. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Validate that AIRSPEED_MIN is at least 25% above AIRSPEED_STALL(if set). 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Validate that SCALING_SPEED is within 20% of AIRSPEED_CRUISE. If SCALING_SPEED changes the vehicle may need to be retuned. 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
RTL_ALTITITUDE should be < 120m (400ft). 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Q_RTL_ALT should be < 120m (400ft). 3 or less to prevent arming. -1 to disable.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Emergency(PreArm) |
1 | Alert(PreArm) |
2 | Critical(PreArm) |
3 | Error(PreArm) |
4 | Warning |
5 | Notice |
6 | Info |
7 | Debug |
Legal max altitude for UAV/RPAS/drones in your jurisdiction
terrain brake enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
terrain brake altitude. The altitude above the ground below which BRAKE mode will be engaged if in LOITER mode.
terrain brake home distance. The distance from home where the auto BRAKE will be enabled. When within this distance of home the script will not activate
terrain brake speed threshold. Don't trigger BRAKE if both horizontal speed and descent rate are below this threshold. By setting this to a small value this can be used to allow the user to climb up to a safe altitude in LOITER mode. A value of 0.5 is recommended if you want to use LOITER to recover from an emergency terrain BRAKE mode change.
Deadreckoning Enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Distance from home (in meters) beyond which the dead reckoning will be enabled
GPS speed accuracy maximum, above which deadreckoning home will begin (default is 0.8). Lower values trigger with good GPS quality, higher values will allow poorer GPS before triggering. Set to 0 to disable use of GPS speed accuracy
GPS satellite count threshold below which deadreckoning home will begin (default is 6). Higher values trigger with good GPS quality, Lower values trigger with worse GPS quality. Set to 0 to disable use of GPS satellite count
GPS checks must fail for this many seconds before dead reckoning will be triggered
lean angle (in degrees) during deadreckoning
Copter will fly at at least this altitude (in meters) above home during deadreckoning
Copter will attempt to switch to NEXT_MODE after this many seconds of deadreckoning. If it cannot switch modes it will continue in Guided_NoGPS. Set to 0 to disable timeout
Copter switch to this mode after GPS recovers or DR_FLY_TIMEOUT has elapsed. Default is 6/RTL. Set to -1 to return to mode used before deadreckoning was triggered
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
2 | AltHold |
3 | Auto |
4 | Guided |
5 | Loiter |
6 | RTL |
7 | Circle |
9 | Land |
16 | PosHold |
17 | Brake |
20 | Guided_NoGPS |
21 | Smart_RTL |
27 | Auto RTL |
Param Set enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Number of battery SOC estimators
Battery estimator index
Battery estimator cell count
Battery estimator coefficient1
Battery estimator coefficient2
Battery estimator coefficient3
Battery estimator coefficient4
Battery estimator index
Battery estimator cell count
Battery estimator coefficient1
Battery estimator coefficient2
Battery estimator coefficient3
Battery estimator coefficient4
Battery estimator index
Battery estimator cell count
Battery estimator coefficient1
Battery estimator coefficient2
Battery estimator coefficient3
Battery estimator coefficient4
Battery estimator index
Battery estimator cell count
Battery estimator coefficient1
Battery estimator coefficient2
Battery estimator coefficient3
Battery estimator coefficient4
Enable ship landing system
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Angle from the stern of the ship for landing approach. Use this to ensure that on a go-around that ship superstructure and cables are avoided. A value of zero means to approach from the rear of the ship. A value of 90 means the landing will approach from the port (left) side of the ship. A value of -90 will mean approaching from the starboard (right) side of the ship. A value of 180 will approach from the bow of the ship. This parameter is combined with the sign of the RTL_RADIUS parameter to determine the holdoff pattern. If RTL_RADIUS is positive then a clockwise loiter is performed, if RTL_RADIUS is negative then a counter-clockwise loiter is used.
Settings this parameter to one triggers an automatic follow offset calculation based on current position of the vehicle and the landing target. NOTE: This parameter will auto-reset to zero once the offset has been calculated.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Trigger |
Maximum angular acceleration in maneuvers
This is the time over which we filter the desired roll to smooth it
This controls how much extra throttle to add based on pitch ange. The value is for 90 degrees and is applied in proportion to pitch
This controls how rapidly the throttle is raised to compensate for a speed error
This controls how rapidly the throttle is raised to compensate for a speed error
This is the time constant for correcting roll errors. A smaller value leads to faster roll corrections
This is the time constant for correcting path position errors
This controls how rapidly we correct back onto the desired path
This controls how rapidly we correct back onto the desired path
This controls how rapidly we roll into a new orientation
This controls how far ahead we look in time along the path for the target throttle
This controls the printing of extra debug information on paths
Lowest throttle used during maneuvers
This is the extra throttle added in schedule elements marked as needing a throttle boost
This is maximum yaw acceleration to use
This is how much time to look ahead in the path for calculating path rates
Scale factor for Path/Box size. 0.5 would half the distances in maneuvers. Radii are unaffected.
Length of aerobatic "box"
Amount of throttle to reduce to for a stall turn
Pitch threashold for moving to final stage of stall turn
Percent of rudder normally uses to sustain knife-edge at trick speed
Time to look ahead in the path to calculate rudder correction for bank angle
Maximum allowable loss in altitude during a trick or sequence from its starting altitude.
This controls how rapidly two aircraft are brought back into time sync
This controls how rapidly two aircraft are brought back into time sync
This sets the maximum speed adjustment for time sync between aircraft
This sets the rate we send data for time sync between aircraft
When set to a non-zero value, this is the assumed direction of the mission. Otherwise the waypoint angle is used
Options to control aerobatic behavior
Enables Tricks on Switch. TRIK params hidden until enabled
Setting an RC channel's _OPTION to this value will use it for trick selection
Setting an RC channel's _OPTION to this value will use it for trick action (abort,announce,execute)
Number of tricks which can be selected over the range of the trik selection RC channel
Enable HFE EFI driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
HFI EFI Update rate
HFI EFI ECU index, 0 for automatic
HFI EFI fuel density in gram per litre
HFI EFI relay index
HFI EFI CAN driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | 1stCANDriver |
2 | 2ndCanDriver |
HFI EFI options
Enable Halo6000 EFI driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Halo6000 CAN driver. Use 1 for first CAN scripting driver, 2 for 2nd driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | FirstCAN |
2 | SecondCAN |
The RC auxilliary function number for start/stop of the generator. Zero to disable start function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
300 | 300 |
301 | 301 |
302 | 302 |
303 | 303 |
304 | 304 |
305 | 305 |
306 | 306 |
307 | 307 |
The rate that additional generator telemetry is sent
The capacity of the tank in litres
Halo6000 options
Mask of UltraMotion servos
Set CAN driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | 1stCANDriver |
2 | 2ndCanDriver |
Update rate for UltraMotion servos
Optional settings
ViewPro debug
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Enabled including attitude reporting |
Camera selection when switch is in low position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No change in camera selection |
1 | EO1 |
2 | IR thermal |
3 | EO1 + IR Picture-in-picture |
4 | IR + EO1 Picture-in-picture |
5 | Fusion |
6 | IR1 13mm |
7 | IR2 52mm |
Camera selection when switch is in middle position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No change in camera selection |
1 | EO1 |
2 | IR thermal |
3 | EO1 + IR Picture-in-picture |
4 | IR + EO1 Picture-in-picture |
5 | Fusion |
6 | IR1 13mm |
7 | IR2 52mm |
Camera selection when switch is in high position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No change in camera selection |
1 | EO1 |
2 | IR thermal |
3 | EO1 + IR Picture-in-picture |
4 | IR + EO1 Picture-in-picture |
5 | Fusion |
6 | IR1 13mm |
7 | IR2 52mm |
ViewPro Zoom Speed. Higher numbers result in faster zooming
ViewPro Zoom Times Max
Enable NMEA 2000 EFI driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
NMEA 2000 CAN driver. Use 1 for first CAN scripting driver, 2 for 2nd driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | FirstCAN |
2 | SecondCAN |
NMEA 2000 driver options
Enable DJIRS2 debug
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Enabled with attitude reporting |
DJIRS2 upside down
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Right side up |
1 | Upside down |
Enable SkyPower EFI support
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Set SkyPower EFI CAN driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | 1stCANDriver |
2 | 2ndCanDriver |
SkyPower EFI update rate
SkyPower EFI throttle function. This sets which SERVOn_FUNCTION to use for the target throttle. This should be 70 for fixed wing aircraft and 31 for helicopter rotor speed control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
70 | FixedWing |
31 | HeliRSC |
SkyPower EFI throttle rate. This sets rate at which throttle updates are sent to the engine
SkyPower EFI start function. This is the RCn_OPTION value to use to find the R/C channel used for controlling engine start
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
300 | 300 |
301 | 301 |
302 | 302 |
303 | 303 |
304 | 304 |
305 | 305 |
306 | 306 |
307 | 307 |
SkyPower EFI generator control function. This is the RCn_OPTION value to use to find the R/C channel used for controlling generator start/stop
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
300 | 300 |
301 | 301 |
302 | 302 |
303 | 303 |
304 | 304 |
305 | 305 |
306 | 306 |
307 | 307 |
SkyPower EFI minimum RPM. This is the RPM below which the engine is considered to be stopped
SkyPower EFI telemetry rate. This is the rate at which extra telemetry values are sent to the GCS
SkyPower EFI log rate. This is the rate at which extra logging of the SkyPower EFI is performed
SkyPower EFI allow start disarmed. This controls if starting the engine while disarmed is allowed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
SkyPower EFI ECU model
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | SRE_180 |
1 | SP_275 |
SkyPower EFI enable generator control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
SkyPower EFI restart time. If engine should be running and it has stopped for this amount of time then auto-restart. To disable this feature set this value to zero.
Enable EFI DLA64 driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Torqeedo TorqLink Enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Torqeedo TorqLink Debug Level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Low |
2 | Medium |
3 | High |
Enable EFI DLA driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
EFI DLA litres of fuel per second of injection time
Enable ANX battery support
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Set ANX CAN driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | 1stCANDriver |
2 | 2ndCanDriver |
ANX CAN battery index
ANX CAN battery options
Enable SVFFI generator support
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Check for Generator ARM state before arming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Enable EFI INF-Inject driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
EFI INF driver options
EFI INF throttle output rate
EFI INF throttle ignition aux function
Enable or disable the LTE modem driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Serial port to use for the LTE modem. This is the index of the SERIALn_ ports that are set to 28 for "scripting"
Scripting Serial port to use for the LTE modem. This is the index of the SCR_SDEV ports that are set to 2 for "MAVLink2"
First octet of the server IP address to connect to
Second octet of the server IP address to connect to
Third octet of the server IP address to connect to
Fourth octet of the server IP address to connect to
IPv4 Port of the server to connect to
Baud rate for the serial port to the LTE modem when connected. Initial power on baudrate is in LTE_IBAUD
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
19200 | 19200 |
38400 | 38400 |
57600 | 57600 |
115200 | 115200 |
230400 | 230400 |
460800 | 460800 |
921600 | 921600 |
3686400 | 3686400 |
Timeout in seconds for the LTE connection. If no data is received for this time, the connection will be reset. A value of zero disables the timeout
The protocol that we will use in communication with the LTE modem. If this is PPP then the LTE_SERVER parameters are not used and instead a PPP connection will be established and you should use the NET_ parameters to enable network ports. If this is MAVLink2 then the LTE_SERVER parameters are used to create a TCP or UDP connection to a single server.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
2 | MavLink2 |
48 | PPP |
Options to control the LTE modem driver. If VerboseSignalInfoGCS is set then additional NAMED_VALUE_FLOAT values are sent with verbose signal information
This is the initial baud rate on power on for the modem. This is set in the modem with the AT+IREX=baud command
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
19200 | 19200 |
38400 | 38400 |
57600 | 57600 |
115200 | 115200 |
230400 | 230400 |
460800 | 460800 |
921600 | 921600 |
3686400 | 3686400 |
This allows selection of network operator
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | NoChange |
0 | Default |
AU-Telstra | 50501 |
AU-Optus | 50502 |
AU-Vodaphone | 50503 |
Maximum data transmit rate to the modem in bytes/second. Use zero for unlimited
This allows selection of LTE band. A value of -1 means no band setting change is made. A value of 0 sets all bands. Otherwise the specified band is set.
Enable Hobbywing ESC telemetry
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Number of motor poles for eRPM scaling
Motor number offset of first ESC
Set 0 if sensor is to be used as a 1-D rangefinder (minimum of all distances will be sent, typically used for height detection). Set 1 if it should be used as a 3-D proximity device (Eg. Obstacle Avoidance)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Set as Rangefinder |
1 | Set as Proximity sensor |
Number of TOFSENSE-M CAN sensors connected
TOFSENSE-M mode to be used. 0 for 8x8 mode. 1 for 4x4 mode
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 8x8 mode |
1 | 4x4 mode |
First TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 1 will pick the first backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)
First TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. Leave this at 0 to accept all IDs and if only one sensor is present. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software
Second TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 2 will pick the second backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)
Second TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. This cannot be 0. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software
Third TOFSENSE-M sensors backend Instance. Setting this to 3 will pick the second backend from PRX_ or RNG_ Parameters (Depending on TOFSENSE_PRX)
Third TOFSENSE-M sensor ID. This cannot be 0. You can change ID of sensor from NAssistant Software
Set 0 if sensor is to be used as a 1-D rangefinder (minimum of all distances will be sent, typically used for height detection). Set 1 if it should be used as a 3-D proximity device (Eg. Obstacle Avoidance)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Set as Rangefinder |
1 | Set as Proximity sensor |
UART instance sensor is connected to. Set 1 if sensor is connected to the port with fist SERIALx_PROTOCOL = 28.
Serial Port baud rate. Sensor baud rate can be changed from Nassistant software
Type of ADS-B hardware for ADSB-in and ADSB-out configuration and operation. If any type is selected then MAVLink based ADSB-in messages will always be enabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | uAvionix-MAVLink |
2 | Sagetech |
3 | uAvionix-UCP |
4 | Sagetech MX Series |
ADSB list size of nearest vehicles. Longer lists take longer to refresh with lower SRx_ADSB values.
ADSB vehicle list radius filter. Vehicles detected outside this radius will be completely ignored. They will not show up in the SRx_ADSB stream to the GCS and will not be considered in any avoidance calculations. A value of 0 will disable this filter.
ICAO_ID unique vehicle identification number of this aircraft. This is an integer limited to 24bits. If set to 0 then one will be randomly generated. If set to -1 then static information is not sent, transceiver is assumed pre-programmed.
ADSB classification for the type of vehicle emitting the transponder signal. Default value is 14 (UAV).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | NoInfo |
1 | Light |
2 | Small |
3 | Large |
4 | HighVortexlarge |
5 | Heavy |
6 | HighlyManuv |
7 | Rotocraft |
8 | RESERVED |
9 | Glider |
10 | LightAir |
11 | Parachute |
12 | UltraLight |
13 | RESERVED |
14 | UAV |
15 | Space |
16 | RESERVED |
17 | EmergencySurface |
18 | ServiceSurface |
19 | PointObstacle |
Aircraft length and width dimension options in Length and Width in meters. In most cases, use a value of 1 for smallest size.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | NO_DATA |
1 | L15W23 |
2 | L25W28P5 |
3 | L25W34 |
4 | L35W33 |
5 | L35W38 |
6 | L45W39P5 |
7 | L45W45 |
8 | L55W45 |
9 | L55W52 |
10 | L65W59P5 |
11 | L65W67 |
12 | L75W72P5 |
13 | L75W80 |
14 | L85W80 |
15 | L85W90 |
GPS antenna lateral offset. This describes the physical location offset from center of the GPS antenna on the aircraft.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | NoData |
1 | Left2m |
2 | Left4m |
3 | Left6m |
4 | Center |
5 | Right2m |
6 | Right4m |
7 | Right6m |
GPS antenna longitudinal offset. This is usually set to 1, Applied By Sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | NO_DATA |
1 | AppliedBySensor |
Transceiver RF selection for Rx enable and/or Tx enable. This only effects devices that can Tx and/or Rx. Rx-only devices should override this to always be Rx-only.
VFR squawk (Mode 3/A) code is a pre-programmed default code when the pilot is flying VFR and not in contact with ATC. In the USA, the VFR squawk code is octal 1200 (hex 0x280, decimal 640) and in most parts of Europe the VFR squawk code is octal 7000. If an invalid octal number is set then it will be reset to 1200.
Describes your hardware RF In/Out capabilities.
ADSB vehicle list altitude filter. Vehicles detected more than this altitude above our own altitude will be completely ignored. They will not show up in the SRx_ADSB stream to the GCS and will not be considered in any avoidance calculations. A value of 0 will disable this filter.
ICAO_ID of special vehicle that ignores ADSB_LIST_RADIUS and ADSB_LIST_ALT. The vehicle is always tracked. Use 0 to disable.
0: no logging, 1: log only special ID, 2:log all
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | no logging |
1 | log only special ID |
2 | log all |
Options for emergency failsafe codes and device capabilities
This enables the advanced failsafe system. If this is set to zero (disable) then all the other AFS options have no effect
This sets a digital output pin to set high when in manual mode. See the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
This sets a digital output pin which is cycled at 10Hz when termination is not activated. Note that if a FS_TERM_PIN is set then the heartbeat pin will continue to cycle at 10Hz when termination is activated, to allow the termination board to distinguish between autopilot crash and termination. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
Waypoint number to navigate to on comms loss
Waypoint number to navigate to on GPS lock loss
Can be set in flight to force termination of the heartbeat signal
This can be used to force an action on flight termination. Normally this is handled by an external failsafe board, but you can setup ArduPilot to handle it here. Please consult the wiki for more information on the possible values of the parameter
This sets a digital output pin to set high on flight termination. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
This sets the AMSL (above mean sea level) altitude limit. If the pressure altitude determined by QNH exceeds this limit then flight termination will be forced. Note that this limit is in meters, whereas pressure altitude limits are often quoted in feet. A value of zero disables the pressure altitude limit.
This sets margin for error in GPS derived altitude limit. This error margin is only used if the barometer has failed. If the barometer fails then the GPS will be used to enforce the AMSL_LIMIT, but this margin will be subtracted from the AMSL_LIMIT first, to ensure that even with the given amount of GPS altitude error the pressure altitude is not breached. OBC users should set this to comply with their D2 safety case. A value of -1 will mean that barometer failure will lead to immediate termination.
This sets the QNH pressure in millibars to be used for pressure altitude in the altitude limit. A value of zero disables the altitude limit.
Maximum number of GPS loss events before the aircraft stops returning to mission on GPS recovery. Use zero to allow for any number of GPS loss events.
Maximum number of comms loss events before the aircraft stops returning to mission on comms recovery. Use zero to allow for any number of comms loss events.
This enables the geofence part of the AFS. Will only be in effect if AFS_ENABLE is also 1
This enables the RC part of the AFS. Will only be in effect if AFS_ENABLE is also 1
If this parameter is set to 1, then an RC loss will only cause the plane to terminate in manual control modes. If it is 0, then the plane will terminate in any flight mode.
This enables the dual loss termination part of the AFS system. If this parameter is 1 and both GPS and the ground control station fail simultaneously, this will be considered a "dual loss" and cause termination.
This is the time in seconds in manual mode that failsafe termination will activate if RC input is lost. For the OBC rules this should be (1.5). Use 0 to disable.
This is the maximum range of the vehicle in kilometers from first arming. If the vehicle goes beyond this range then the TERM_ACTION is performed. A value of zero disables this feature.
See description for each bitmask bit description
The time (in seconds) of persistent data link loss before GCS failsafe occurs.
This controls how much to use the GPS to correct the attitude. This should never be set to zero for a plane as it would result in the plane losing control in turns. For a plane please use the default value of 1.0.
This controls whether to use dead-reckoning or GPS based navigation. If set to 0 then the GPS won't be used for navigation, and only dead reckoning will be used. A value of zero should never be used for normal flight. Currently this affects only the DCM-based AHRS: the EKF uses GPS according to its own parameters. A value of 2 means to use GPS for height as well as position - both in DCM estimation and when determining altitude-above-home.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Use GPS for DCM position |
2 | Use GPS for DCM position and height |
This controls the weight the compass or GPS has on the heading. A higher value means the heading will track the yaw source (GPS or compass) more rapidly.
This controls how fast the accelerometers correct the attitude
This sets the maximum allowable difference between ground speed and airspeed. A value of zero means to use the airspeed as is. This allows the plane to cope with a failing airspeed sensor by clipping it to groundspeed plus/minus this limit. See ARSPD_OPTIONS and ARSPD_WIND_MAX to disable airspeed sensors.
Compensates for the roll angle difference between the control board and the frame. Positive values make the vehicle roll right.
Compensates for the pitch angle difference between the control board and the frame. Positive values make the vehicle pitch up/back.
Not Used
Overall board orientation relative to the standard orientation for the board type. This rotates the IMU and compass readings to allow the board to be oriented in your vehicle at any 90 or 45 degree angle. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. This option takes affect on next boot. After changing you will need to re-level your vehicle. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the AHRS_CUSTOM_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for AHRS orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_ROT1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_ROT2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Yaw45 |
2 | Yaw90 |
3 | Yaw135 |
4 | Yaw180 |
5 | Yaw225 |
6 | Yaw270 |
7 | Yaw315 |
8 | Roll180 |
9 | Yaw45Roll180 |
10 | Yaw90Roll180 |
11 | Yaw135Roll180 |
12 | Pitch180 |
13 | Yaw225Roll180 |
14 | Yaw270Roll180 |
15 | Yaw315Roll180 |
16 | Roll90 |
17 | Yaw45Roll90 |
18 | Yaw90Roll90 |
19 | Yaw135Roll90 |
20 | Roll270 |
21 | Yaw45Roll270 |
22 | Yaw90Roll270 |
23 | Yaw135Roll270 |
24 | Pitch90 |
25 | Pitch270 |
26 | Yaw90Pitch180 |
27 | Yaw270Pitch180 |
28 | Pitch90Roll90 |
29 | Pitch90Roll180 |
30 | Pitch90Roll270 |
31 | Pitch180Roll90 |
32 | Pitch180Roll270 |
33 | Pitch270Roll90 |
34 | Pitch270Roll180 |
35 | Pitch270Roll270 |
36 | Yaw90Pitch180Roll90 |
37 | Yaw270Roll90 |
38 | Yaw293Pitch68Roll180 |
39 | Pitch315 |
40 | Pitch315Roll90 |
42 | Roll45 |
43 | Roll315 |
100 | Custom 4.1 and older |
101 | Custom 1 |
102 | Custom 2 |
This controls the time constant for the cross-over frequency used to fuse AHRS (airspeed and heading) and GPS data to estimate ground velocity. Time constant is 0.1/beta. A larger time constant will use GPS data less and a small time constant will use air data less.
Minimum number of satellites visible to use GPS for velocity based corrections attitude correction. This defaults to 6, which is about the point at which the velocity numbers from a GPS become too unreliable for accurate correction of the accelerometers.
This controls which NavEKF Kalman filter version is used for attitude and position estimation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
2 | Enable EKF2 |
3 | Enable EKF3 |
10 | Sim |
11 | ExternalAHRS |
Autopilot mounting position roll offset. Positive values = roll right, negative values = roll left. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.
Autopilot mounting position pitch offset. Positive values = pitch up, negative values = pitch down. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.
Autopilot mounting position yaw offset. Positive values = yaw right, negative values = yaw left. This parameter is only used when AHRS_ORIENTATION is set to CUSTOM.
This controls optional AHRS behaviour. Setting DisableDCMFallbackFW will change the AHRS behaviour for fixed wing aircraft in fly-forward flight to not fall back to DCM when the EKF stops navigating. Setting DisableDCMFallbackVTOL will change the AHRS behaviour for fixed wing aircraft in non fly-forward (VTOL) flight to not fall back to DCM when the EKF stops navigating. Setting DontDisableAirspeedUsingEKF disables the EKF based innovation check for airspeed consistency
AIS receiver type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | NMEA AIVDM message |
AIS list size of nearest vessels. Longer lists take longer to refresh with lower SRx_ADSB values.
if no updates are received in this time a vessel will be removed from the list
Bitmask of AIS logging options
This is a 3D GPS speed threshold above which we will force arm the vehicle to start logging. WARNING: This should only be used on a vehicle with no propellers attached to the flight controller and when the flight controller is not in control of the vehicle.
Arming disabled until some requirements are met. If 0, there are no requirements (arm immediately). If 1, sends the minimum throttle PWM value to the throttle channel when disarmed. If 2, send 0 PWM (no signal) to throttle channel when disarmed. On planes with ICE enabled and the throttle while disarmed option set in ICE_OPTIONS, the motor will always get THR_MIN when disarmed. Arming will be blocked until all mandatory and ARMING_CHECK items are satisfied; arming can then be accomplished via (eg.) rudder gesture or GCS command.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Yes(minimum PWM when disarmed) |
2 | Yes(0 PWM when disarmed) |
Accelerometer error threshold used to determine inconsistent accelerometers. Compares this error range to other accelerometers to detect a hardware or calibration error. Lower value means tighter check and harder to pass arming check. Not all accelerometers are created equal.
Allow arm/disarm by rudder input. When enabled arming can be done with right rudder, disarming with left rudder. Rudder arming only works with throttle at zero +- deadzone (RCx_DZ). Depending on vehicle type, arming in certain modes is prevented. See the wiki for each vehicle. Caution is recommended when arming if it is allowed in an auto-throttle mode!
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ArmingOnly |
2 | ArmOrDisarm |
Bitmask of mission items that are required to be planned in order to arm the aircraft
Checks prior to arming motor. This is a bitmask of checks that will be performed before allowing arming. For most users it is recommended to leave this at the default of 1 (all checks enabled). You can select whatever checks you prefer by adding together the values of each check type to set this parameter. For example, to only allow arming when you have GPS lock and no RC failsafe you would set ARMING_CHECK to 72.
Options that can be applied to change arming behaviour
Compass magnetic field strength error threshold vs earth magnetic model. X and y axis are compared using this threhold, Z axis uses 2x this threshold. 0 to disable check
Must have value "1" if crashdump data is present on the system, or a prearm failure will be raised. Do not set this parameter unless the risks of doing so are fully understood. The presence of a crash dump means that the firmware currently installed has suffered a critical software failure which resulted in the autopilot immediately rebooting. The crashdump file gives diagnostic information which can help in finding the issue, please contact the ArduPIlot support team. If this crashdump data is present, the vehicle is likely unsafe to fly. Check the ArduPilot documentation for more details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Crash Dump arming check active |
1 | Crash Dump arming check deactivated |
Enable airspeed sensor support
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Swapped |
2 | Auto Detect |
This selects which airspeed sensor will be the primary if multiple sensors are found
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | FirstSensor |
1 | 2ndSensor |
Bitmask of options to use with airspeed. 0:Disable use based on airspeed/groundspeed mismatch (see ARSPD_WIND_MAX), 1:Automatically reenable use based on airspeed/groundspeed mismatch recovery (see ARSPD_WIND_MAX) 2:Disable voltage correction, 3:Check that the airspeed is statistically consistent with the navigation EKF vehicle and wind velocity estimates using EKF3 (requires AHRS_EKF_TYPE = 3), 4:Report cal offset to GCS
If the difference between airspeed and ground speed is greater than this value the sensor will be marked unhealthy. Using ARSPD_OPTIONS this health value can be used to disable the sensor.
If the difference between airspeed and GPS speed is greater than this value the sensor will issue a warning. If 0 ARSPD_WIND_MAX is used.
Number of standard deviations applied to the re-enable EKF consistency check that is used when ARSPD_OPTIONS bit position 3 is set. Larger values will make the re-enabling of the airspeed sensor faster, but increase the likelihood of re-enabling a degraded sensor. The value can be tuned by using the ARSP.TR log message by setting ARSPD_WIND_GATE to a value that is higher than the value for ARSP.TR observed with a healthy airspeed sensor. Occasional transients in ARSP.TR above the value set by ARSPD_WIND_GATE can be tolerated provided they are less than 5 seconds in duration and less than 10% duty cycle.
The maximum percentage speed change in airspeed reports that is allowed due to offset changes between calibrations before a warning is issued. This potential speed error is in percent of AIRSPEED_MIN. 0 disables. Helps warn of calibrations without pitot being covered.
Type of airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | I2C-MS4525D0 |
2 | Analog |
3 | I2C-MS5525 |
4 | I2C-MS5525 (0x76) |
5 | I2C-MS5525 (0x77) |
6 | I2C-SDP3X |
7 | I2C-DLVR-5in |
8 | DroneCAN |
9 | I2C-DLVR-10in |
10 | I2C-DLVR-20in |
11 | I2C-DLVR-30in |
12 | I2C-DLVR-60in |
13 | NMEA water speed |
14 | MSP |
15 | ASP5033 |
16 | ExternalAHRS |
17 | AUAV-10in |
18 | AUAV-5in |
19 | AUAV-30in |
100 | SITL |
Enables airspeed use for automatic throttle modes and replaces control from THR_TRIM. Continues to display and log airspeed if set to 0. Uses airspeed for control if set to 1. Only uses airspeed when throttle = 0 if set to 2 (useful for gliders with airspeed sensors behind propellers).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | DoNotUse |
1 | Use |
2 | UseWhenZeroThrottle |
Airspeed calibration offset
Calibrates pitot tube pressure to velocity. Increasing this value will indicate a higher airspeed at any given dynamic pressure.
The pin number that the airspeed sensor is connected to for analog sensors. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Enables automatic adjustment of airspeed ratio during a calibration flight based on estimation of ground speed and true airspeed. New ratio saved every 2 minutes if change is > 5%. Should not be left enabled.
This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Swapped |
2 | Auto Detect |
This parameter allows you to skip airspeed offset calibration on startup, instead using the offset from the last calibration or requiring a manual calibration. This may be desirable if the offset variance between flights for your sensor is low and you want to avoid having to cover the pitot tube on each boot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Do not require offset calibration before flight. Manual calibration should be performed during initial setup. |
2 | Do not calibrate on start up. Manual calibration must be performed once per boot. |
This parameter allows you to set the PSI (pounds per square inch) range for your sensor. You should not change this unless you examine the datasheet for your device
Bus number of the I2C bus where the airspeed sensor is connected. May not correspond to board's I2C bus number labels. Retry another bus and reboot if airspeed sensor fails to initialize.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Bus0 |
1 | Bus1 |
2 | Bus2 |
3 | Bus3 |
Airspeed sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Type of airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | I2C-MS4525D0 |
2 | Analog |
3 | I2C-MS5525 |
4 | I2C-MS5525 (0x76) |
5 | I2C-MS5525 (0x77) |
6 | I2C-SDP3X |
7 | I2C-DLVR-5in |
8 | DroneCAN |
9 | I2C-DLVR-10in |
10 | I2C-DLVR-20in |
11 | I2C-DLVR-30in |
12 | I2C-DLVR-60in |
13 | NMEA water speed |
14 | MSP |
15 | ASP5033 |
16 | ExternalAHRS |
17 | AUAV-10in |
18 | AUAV-5in |
19 | AUAV-30in |
100 | SITL |
Enables airspeed use for automatic throttle modes and replaces control from THR_TRIM. Continues to display and log airspeed if set to 0. Uses airspeed for control if set to 1. Only uses airspeed when throttle = 0 if set to 2 (useful for gliders with airspeed sensors behind propellers).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | DoNotUse |
1 | Use |
2 | UseWhenZeroThrottle |
Airspeed calibration offset
Calibrates pitot tube pressure to velocity. Increasing this value will indicate a higher airspeed at any given dynamic pressure.
The pin number that the airspeed sensor is connected to for analog sensors. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Enables automatic adjustment of airspeed ratio during a calibration flight based on estimation of ground speed and true airspeed. New ratio saved every 2 minutes if change is > 5%. Should not be left enabled.
This parameter allows you to control whether the order in which the tubes are attached to your pitot tube matters. If you set this to 0 then the first (often the top) connector on the sensor needs to be the stagnation pressure (the pressure at the tip of the pitot tube). If set to 1 then the second (often the bottom) connector needs to be the stagnation pressure. If set to 2 (the default) then the airspeed driver will accept either order. The reason you may wish to specify the order is it will allow your airspeed sensor to detect if the aircraft is receiving excessive pressure on the static port compared to the stagnation port such as during a stall, which would otherwise be seen as a positive airspeed.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Swapped |
2 | Auto Detect |
This parameter allows you to skip airspeed offset calibration on startup, instead using the offset from the last calibration or requiring a manual calibration. This may be desirable if the offset variance between flights for your sensor is low and you want to avoid having to cover the pitot tube on each boot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Do not require offset calibration before flight. Manual calibration should be performed during initial setup. |
2 | Do not calibrate on start up. Manual calibration must be performed once per boot. |
This parameter allows you to set the PSI (pounds per square inch) range for your sensor. You should not change this unless you examine the datasheet for your device
Bus number of the I2C bus where the airspeed sensor is connected. May not correspond to board's I2C bus number labels. Retry another bus and reboot if airspeed sensor fails to initialize.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Bus0 |
1 | Bus1 |
2 | Bus2 |
3 | Bus3 |
Airspeed sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
This is the target altitude above HOME for final approach waypoint
This is the distance from Home that the final approach waypoint is set. The waypoint point will be in the opposite direction of takeoff (the direction the plane is facing when the plane sets its takeoff heading)
The captured takeoff direction after ground course is established in autotakeoffsis offset by this amount to create a different landing direction and approach.However,if TKOFF_OPTION bit1 is set, the takeoff(landing) direction is captured immediately via compass heading upon arming, then this offset is NOT applied.
Enables optional autoland mode behaviors
Vehicle will climb with limited turn ability (LEVEL_ROLL_LIMIT) until it is at least this altitude above the terrain at the point of entry, before proceeding to loiter-to-alt and landing legs. 0 Disables.
Enable Avoidance using ADSB
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Specifies aircraft behaviour when a collision is imminent
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Report |
2 | Climb Or Descend |
3 | Move Horizontally |
4 | Move Perpendicularly in 3D |
5 | RTL |
6 | Hover |
Specifies aircraft behaviour when a collision may occur
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Report |
Determines what the aircraft will do after a fail event is resolved
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Remain in AVOID_ADSB |
1 | Resume previous flight mode |
2 | RTL |
3 | Resume if AUTO else Loiter |
Maximum number of obstacles to track
Aircraft velocity vectors are multiplied by this time to determine closest approach. If this results in an approach closer than W_DIST_XY or W_DIST_Z then W_ACTION is undertaken (assuming F_ACTION is not undertaken)
Aircraft velocity vectors are multiplied by this time to determine closest approach. If this results in an approach closer than F_DIST_XY or F_DIST_Z then F_ACTION is undertaken
Closest allowed projected distance before W_ACTION is undertaken
Closest allowed projected distance before F_ACTION is undertaken
Closest allowed projected distance before BEHAVIOUR_W is undertaken
Closest allowed projected distance before BEHAVIOUR_F is undertaken
Minimum AMSL (above mean sea level) altitude for ADS-B avoidance. If the vehicle is below this altitude, no avoidance action will take place. Useful to prevent ADS-B avoidance from activating while below the tree line or around structures. Default of 0 is no minimum.
calibrated ground pressure in Pascals
User provided ambient ground temperature in degrees Celsius. This is used to improve the calculation of the altitude the vehicle is at. This parameter is not persistent and will be reset to 0 every time the vehicle is rebooted. A value of 0 means use the internal measurement ambient temperature.
altitude offset in meters added to barometric altitude. This is used to allow for automatic adjustment of the base barometric altitude by a ground station equipped with a barometer. The value is added to the barometric altitude read by the aircraft. It is automatically reset to 0 when the barometer is calibrated on each reboot or when a preflight calibration is performed.
This selects which barometer will be the primary if multiple barometers are found
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | FirstBaro |
1 | 2ndBaro |
2 | 3rdBaro |
This selects the bus number for looking for an I2C barometer. When set to -1 it will probe all external i2c buses based on the BARO_PROBE_EXT parameter.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Bus0 |
1 | Bus1 |
6 | Bus6 |
calibrated ground pressure in Pascals
calibrated ground pressure in Pascals
This sets the range around the average value that new samples must be within to be accepted. This can help reduce the impact of noise on sensors that are on long I2C cables. The value is a percentage from the average value. A value of zero disables this filter.
This sets which types of external i2c barometer to look for. It is a bitmask of barometer types. The I2C buses to probe is based on BARO_EXT_BUS. If BARO_EXT_BUS is -1 then it will probe all external buses, otherwise it will probe just the bus number given in BARO_EXT_BUS.
Barometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Barometer2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Barometer3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
User provided field elevation in meters. This is used to improve the calculation of the altitude the vehicle is at. This parameter is not persistent and will be reset to 0 every time the vehicle is rebooted. Changes to this parameter will only be used when disarmed. A value of 0 means the EKF origin height is used for takeoff height above sea level.
This is the maximum acceptable altitude discrepancy between GPS altitude and barometric presssure altitude calculated against a standard atmosphere for arming checks to pass. If you are getting an arming error due to this parameter then you may have a faulty or substituted barometer. A common issue is vendors replacing a MS5611 in a "Pixhawk" with a MS5607. If you have that issue then please see BARO_OPTIONS parameter to force the MS5611 to be treated as a MS5607. This check is disabled if the value is zero.
Barometer options
Thrust scaling in Pascals. This value scaled by the normalized thrust is subtracted from the barometer pressure. This is used to adjust linearly based on the thrust output for local pressure difference induced by the props.
This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This enables the use of wind coefficients for barometer compensation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Y body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during climbing flight (or forward flight with a high forwards lean angle), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. If the baro height estimate rises above truth height during descending flight (or forward flight with a high backwards lean angle, eg braking manoeuvre), then this should be a negative number. Multirotors can use this feature only if using EKF3 and if the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters have been tuned.
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT2_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT2_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT2_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT2_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT2_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT2_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT3_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT3_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT3_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT3_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT3_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT3_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT4_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT4_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT4_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT4_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT4_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT4_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT5_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT5_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT5_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT5_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT5_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT5_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT6_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT6_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT6_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT6_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT6_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT6_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT7_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT7_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT7_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT7_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT7_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT7_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT8_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT8_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT8_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT8_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT8_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT8_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT9_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT9_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT9_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT9_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT9_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT9_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTA_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTA_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTA_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTA_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTA_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTA_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTB_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTB_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTB_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTB_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTB_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTB_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTC_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTC_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTC_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTC_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTC_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTC_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTD_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTD_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTD_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTD_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTD_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTD_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTE_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTE_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTE_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTE_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTE_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTE_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTF_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTF_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTF_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTF_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTF_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTF_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTG_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATTG_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATTG_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATTG_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTG_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATTG_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Controls enabling monitoring of the battery's voltage and current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
3 | Analog Voltage Only |
4 | Analog Voltage and Current |
5 | Solo |
6 | Bebop |
7 | SMBus-Generic |
8 | DroneCAN-BatteryInfo |
9 | ESC |
10 | Sum Of Selected Monitors |
11 | FuelFlow |
12 | FuelLevelPWM |
13 | SMBUS-SUI3 |
14 | SMBUS-SUI6 |
15 | NeoDesign |
16 | SMBus-Maxell |
17 | Generator-Elec |
18 | Generator-Fuel |
19 | Rotoye |
20 | MPPT |
21 | INA2XX |
22 | LTC2946 |
23 | Torqeedo |
24 | FuelLevelAnalog |
25 | Synthetic Current and Analog Voltage |
26 | INA239_SPI |
27 | EFI |
28 | AD7091R5 |
29 | Scripting |
30 | INA3221 |
Capacity of the battery in mAh when full
If battery wattage (voltage * current) exceeds this value then the system will reduce max throttle (THR_MAX, TKOFF_THR_MAX and THR_MIN for reverse thrust) to satisfy this limit. This helps limit high current to low C rated batteries regardless of battery voltage. The max throttle will slowly grow back to THR_MAX (or TKOFF_THR_MAX ) and THR_MIN if demanding the current max and under the watt max. Use 0 to disable.
Battery serial number, automatically filled in for SMBus batteries, otherwise will be -1. With DroneCan it is the battery_id.
This is the timeout in seconds before a low voltage event will be triggered. For aircraft with low C batteries it may be necessary to raise this in order to cope with low voltage on long takeoffs. A value of zero disables low voltage errors.
Voltage type used for detection of low voltage event
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Raw Voltage |
1 | Sag Compensated Voltage |
Battery voltage that triggers a low battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the low battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_LOW_ACT parameter.
Battery voltage that triggers a critical battery failsafe. Set to 0 to disable. If the battery voltage drops below this voltage continuously for more then the period specified by the BATT_LOW_TIMER parameter then the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
Battery capacity at which the critical battery failsafe is triggered. Set to 0 to disable battery remaining failsafe. If the battery capacity drops below this level the vehicle will perform the failsafe specified by the BATT_FS_CRT_ACT parameter.
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a low battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute release |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
What action the vehicle should perform if it hits a critical battery failsafe
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RTL |
2 | Land |
3 | Terminate |
4 | QLand |
5 | Parachute |
6 | Loiter to QLand |
7 | AUTOLAND or RTL |
Battery voltage level which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any voltage.
Battery capacity remaining which is required to arm the aircraft. Set to 0 to allow arming at any capacity. Note that execept for smart batteries rebooting the vehicle will always reset the remaining capacity estimate, which can lead to this check not providing sufficent protection, it is recommended to always use this in conjunction with the BATT_ARM_VOLT parameter.
This sets options to change the behaviour of the battery monitor
ESC Telemetry Index to write voltage, current, consumption and temperature data to. Use 0 to disable.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for current monitoring.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
3 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
4 | CubeOrange_PM2/Navigator |
14 | Pixhawk2_PM2 |
15 | CubeOrange |
17 | Durandal |
101 | PX4-v1 |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT). For the 3DR Power brick with a Pixhawk, this should be set to 10.1. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 12.02. For the PX using the PX4IO power supply this should be set to 1.
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to. With a Pixhawk using the 3DR Power brick this should be set to 17. For the Pixhawk with the 3DR 4in1 ESC this should be 17. For Synthetic Current sensor monitors, this is the maximum, full throttle current draw.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor for Analog Sensors. For Synthetic Current sensor, this offset is the zero throttle system current and is added to the calculated throttle base current.
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied.
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address
0: sum of remaining battery monitors, If none 0 sum of specified monitors. Current will be summed and voltages averaged.
Multiplier applied to all current related reports to allow for adjustment if no UAVCAN param access or current splitting applications
The voltage seen on the analog pin when the fuel tank is empty. Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Voltage multiplier to determine what the full tank voltage reading is. This is calculated as 1 / (Voltage_Full - Voltage_Empty) Note: For this type of battery monitor, the voltage seen by the analog pin is displayed as battery voltage on a GCS.
Filter frequency in Hertz where a low pass filter is used. This is used to filter out tank slosh from the fuel level reading. A value of -1 disables the filter and unfiltered voltage is used to determine the fuel level. The suggested values at in the range of 0.2 Hz to 0.5 Hz.
Analog input pin that fuel level sensor is connected to.Analog Airspeed or RSSI ports can be used for Analog input( some autopilots provide others also). Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
First order polynomial fit term
Second order polynomial fit term
Third order polynomial fit term
Offset polynomial fit term
Maximum voltage of battery. Provides scaling of current versus voltage
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
This controls the maximum current the INS2XX sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
If 0 all connected ESCs will be used. If non-zero, only those selected in will be used.
This controls the maximum current the INA239 sensor will work with.
This sets the shunt resistor used in the device
Battery monitor I2C bus number
Battery monitor I2C address. If this is zero then probe list of supported addresses
INA3221 channel to return data for
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for voltage monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for Current monitoring on AD7091R5.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Used to convert the voltage of the voltage sensing pin (BATT_VOLT_PIN) to the actual battery's voltage (pin_voltage * VOLT_MULT).
Number of amps that a 1V reading on the current sensor corresponds to.
Voltage offset at zero current on current sensor
Voltage offset on voltage pin. This allows for an offset due to a diode. This voltage is subtracted before the scaling is applied
Enable flow control on serial 1 (telemetry 1). You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup. Note that the PX4v1 does not have hardware flow control pins on this port, so you should leave this disabled.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 2 (telemetry 2). You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 3. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 4. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 5. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 6. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 7. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Auto |
3 | RS-485 Driver enable RTS pin |
Enable flow control on serial 8. You must have the RTS and CTS pins connected to your radio. The standard DF13 6 pin connector for a 3DR radio does have those pins connected. If this is set to 2 then flow control will be auto-detected by checking for the output buffer filling on startup.
This controls the default state of the safety switch at startup. When set to 1 the safety switch will start in the safe state (flashing) at boot. When set to zero the safety switch will start in the unsafe state (solid) at startup. Note that if a safety switch is fitted the user can still control the safety state after startup using the switch. The safety state can also be controlled in software using a MAVLink message.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the SBUS output frame rate in Hz
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | 50Hz |
2 | 75Hz |
3 | 100Hz |
4 | 150Hz |
5 | 200Hz |
6 | 250Hz |
7 | 300Hz |
User-defined serial number of this vehicle, it can be any arbitrary number you want and has no effect on the autopilot
A bitmask which controls what outputs can move while the safety switch has not been pressed
Board heater target temperature for boards with controllable heating units. Set to -1 to disable the heater, please reboot after setting to -1.
This allows selection of a PX4 or VRBRAIN board type. If set to zero then the board type is auto-detected (PX4)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | AUTO |
1 | PX4V1 |
2 | Pixhawk |
3 | Cube/Pixhawk2 |
5 | PixhawkMini |
6 | Pixhawk2Slim |
13 | Intel Aero FC |
14 | Pixhawk Pro |
20 | AUAV2.1 |
22 | MINDPXV2 |
24 | CUAVv5/FMUV5 |
39 | PX4 FMUV6 |
100 | PX4 OLDDRIVERS |
This allows for the IO co-processor on boards with an IOMCU to be disabled. Setting to 2 will enable the IOMCU but not attempt to update firmware on startup
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | EnableNoFWUpdate |
This controls the activation of the safety button. It allows you to control if the safety button can be used for safety enable and/or disable, and whether the button is only active when disarmed
Minimum voltage on the autopilot power rail to allow the aircraft to arm. 0 to disable the check.
Minimum voltage on the servo rail to allow the aircraft to arm. 0 to disable the check.
This is a scaling factor to slow down microSD operation. It can be used on flight board and microSD card combinations where full speed is not reliable. For normal full speed operation a value of 0 should be used.
This sets the voltage max for PWM output pulses. 0 for 3.3V and 1 for 5V output. On boards with an IOMCU that support this parameter this option only affects the 8 main outputs, not the 6 auxiliary outputs. Using 5V output can help to reduce the impact of ESC noise interference corrupting signals to the ESCs.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 3.3V |
1 | 5V |
Board specific option flags
This adds a delay in milliseconds to boot to ensure peripherals initialise fully
Board Heater P gain
Board Heater integrator gain
Board Heater integrator maximum
Select an alternative hardware configuration. A value of zero selects the default configuration for this board. Other values are board specific. Please see the documentation for your board for details on any alternative configuration values that may be available.
Arming check will fail if temp is lower than this margin below BRD_HEAT_TARG. 0 disables the low temperature check
This sets the amount of storage in kilobytes reserved on the microsd card in mission.stg for waypoint storage. Each waypoint uses 15 bytes.
This sets the amount of storage in kilobytes reserved on the microsd card in fence.stg for fence storage.
This loads the DShot firmware on the IO co-processor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | StandardFW |
1 | DshotFW |
This enables support for direct attached radio receivers
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | CYRF6936 |
2 | CC2500 |
3 | BK2425 |
Select air protocol
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Auto |
1 | DSM2 |
2 | DSMX |
radio debug level
disable receive CRC (for debug)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | NotDisabled |
1 | Disabled |
Channel to show receive RSSI signal strength, or zero for disabled
Channel to show received packet-per-second rate, or zero for disabled
If this is non-zero then telemetry packets will be sent over DSM
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Set telemetry transmit power. This is the power level (from 1 to 8) for telemetry packets sent from the RX to the TX
If this is enabled then the radio will continuously transmit as required for FCC testing. The transmit channel is set by the value of the parameter. The radio will not work for RC input while this is enabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | MinChannel |
2 | MidChannel |
3 | MaxChannel |
4 | MinChannelCW |
5 | MidChannelCW |
6 | MaxChannelCW |
This selects between different stick input modes. The default is mode2, which has throttle on the left stick and pitch on the right stick. You can instead set mode1, which has throttle on the right stick and pitch on the left stick.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | Mode1 |
2 | Mode2 |
This sets the radio to a fixed test channel for factory testing. Using a fixed channel avoids the need for binding in factory testing.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TestChan1 |
2 | TestChan2 |
3 | TestChan3 |
4 | TestChan4 |
5 | TestChan5 |
6 | TestChan6 |
7 | TestChan7 |
8 | TestChan8 |
Channel to show telemetry RSSI value as received by TX
Channel to show telemetry packets-per-second value, as received at TX
Set transmitter maximum transmit power (from 1 to 8)
Set transmitter buzzer note adjustment (adjust frequency up)
When non-zero this sets the time with no transmitter packets before we start looking for auto-bind packets.
This sets the minimum RSSI of an auto-bind packet for it to be accepted. This should be set so that auto-bind will only happen at short range to minimise the change of an auto-bind happening accidentially
Specifies which sources of UTC time will be accepted
Adds offset in +- minutes from UTC to calculate local time
This enables the button checking module. When this is disabled the parameters for setting button inputs are not visible
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Digital pin number for first button input. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
Digital pin number for second button input. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
Digital pin number for third button input. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
Digital pin number for fourth button input. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
The duration in seconds that a BUTTON_CHANGE report is repeatedly sent to the GCS regarding a button changing state. Note that the BUTTON_CHANGE message is MAVLink2 only.
Options for Pin 1. PWM input detects PWM above or below 1800/1200us instead of logic level. If PWM is not detected or is less than 800us or above 2200us the button will interpreted as low. Invert changes HIGH state to be logic low voltage on pin, or below 1200us, if PWM input.
Options for Pin 2. PWM input detects PWM above or below 1800/1200us instead of logic level. If PWM is not detected or is less than 800us or above 2200us the button will interpreted as low. Invert changes HIGH state to be logic low voltage on pin, or below 1200us, if PWM input.
Options for Pin 3. PWM input detects PWM above or below 1800/1200us instead of logic level. If PWM is not detected or is less than 800us or above 2200us the button will interpreted as low. Invert changes HIGH state to be logic low voltage on pin, or below 1200us, if PWM input.
Options for Pin 4. PWM input detects PWM above or below 1800/1200us instead of logic level. If PWM is not detected or is less than 800us or above 2200us the button will interpreted as low. Invert changes HIGH state to be logic low voltage on pin, or below 1200us, if PWM input.
Auxiliary RC Options function executed on pin change
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
Auxiliary RC Options function executed on pin change
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
Auxiliary RC Options function executed on pin change
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
Auxiliary RC Options function executed on pin change
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
Postpone shooting if roll is greater than limit. (0=Disable, will shoot regardless of roll).
When enabled, trigging by distance is done in AUTO mode only.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Always |
1 | Only when in AUTO |
how to trigger the camera to take a picture
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Servo |
2 | Relay |
3 | GoPro in Solo Gimbal |
4 | Mount (Siyi/Topotek/Viewpro/Xacti) |
5 | MAVLink |
6 | MAVLinkCamV2 |
7 | Scripting |
8 | RunCam |
Duration in seconds that the camera shutter is held open
PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is activated
PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is deactivated
Distance in meters between camera triggers. If this value is non-zero then the camera will trigger whenever the position changes by this number of meters regardless of what mode the APM is in. Note that this parameter can also be set in an auto mission using the DO_SET_CAM_TRIGG_DIST command, allowing you to enable/disable the triggering of the camera during the flight.
This sets whether the relay goes high or low when it triggers. Note that you should also set RELAY_DEFAULT appropriately for your camera
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low |
1 | High |
Postpone shooting if previous picture was taken less than this many seconds ago
pin number to use for save accurate camera feedback messages. If set to -1 then don't use a pin flag for this, otherwise this is a pin number which if held high after a picture trigger order, will save camera messages when camera really takes a picture. A universal camera hot shoe is needed. The pin should be held high for at least 2 milliseconds for reliable trigger detection. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot. See also the CAMx_FEEDBCK_POL option.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the feedback pin should go high on trigger. If set to 0 then it should go low
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | TriggerLow |
1 | TriggerHigh |
Camera options bitmask
Mount instance camera is associated with. 0 means camera and mount have identical instance numbers e.g. camera1 and mount1
Camera horizontal field of view. 0 if unknown
Camera vertical field of view. 0 if unknown
RunCam device type used to determine OSD menu structure and shutter options.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | RunCam Split Micro/RunCam with UART |
2 | RunCam Split |
3 | RunCam Split4 4k |
4 | RunCam Hybrid/RunCam Thumb Pro |
5 | Runcam 2 4k |
The available features of the attached RunCam device. If 0 then the RunCam device will be queried for the features it supports, otherwise this setting is used.
Time it takes for the RunCam to become fully ready in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Time it takes for the a RunCam button press to be actived in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Time it takes for the a RunCam mode button press to be actived in ms. If a mode change first requires a video recording change then double this value is used. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Specifies the allowed actions required to enter the OSD menu and other option like autorecording
how to trigger the camera to take a picture
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Servo |
2 | Relay |
3 | GoPro in Solo Gimbal |
4 | Mount (Siyi/Topotek/Viewpro/Xacti) |
5 | MAVLink |
6 | MAVLinkCamV2 |
7 | Scripting |
8 | RunCam |
Duration in seconds that the camera shutter is held open
PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is activated
PWM value in microseconds to move servo to when shutter is deactivated
Distance in meters between camera triggers. If this value is non-zero then the camera will trigger whenever the position changes by this number of meters regardless of what mode the APM is in. Note that this parameter can also be set in an auto mission using the DO_SET_CAM_TRIGG_DIST command, allowing you to enable/disable the triggering of the camera during the flight.
This sets whether the relay goes high or low when it triggers. Note that you should also set RELAY_DEFAULT appropriately for your camera
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low |
1 | High |
Postpone shooting if previous picture was taken less than this many seconds ago
pin number to use for save accurate camera feedback messages. If set to -1 then don't use a pin flag for this, otherwise this is a pin number which if held high after a picture trigger order, will save camera messages when camera really takes a picture. A universal camera hot shoe is needed. The pin should be held high for at least 2 milliseconds for reliable trigger detection. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot. See also the CAMx_FEEDBCK_POL option.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the feedback pin should go high on trigger. If set to 0 then it should go low
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | TriggerLow |
1 | TriggerHigh |
Camera options bitmask
Mount instance camera is associated with. 0 means camera and mount have identical instance numbers e.g. camera1 and mount1
Camera horizontal field of view. 0 if unknown
Camera vertical field of view. 0 if unknown
RunCam device type used to determine OSD menu structure and shutter options.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | RunCam Split Micro/RunCam with UART |
2 | RunCam Split |
3 | RunCam Split4 4k |
4 | RunCam Hybrid/RunCam Thumb Pro |
5 | Runcam 2 4k |
The available features of the attached RunCam device. If 0 then the RunCam device will be queried for the features it supports, otherwise this setting is used.
Time it takes for the RunCam to become fully ready in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Time it takes for the a RunCam button press to be actived in ms. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Time it takes for the a RunCam mode button press to be actived in ms. If a mode change first requires a video recording change then double this value is used. If this is too short then commands can get out of sync.
Specifies the allowed actions required to enter the OSD menu and other option like autorecording
Loglevel for recording initialisation and debug information from CAN Interface
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Log None |
1 | Log Error |
2 | Log Warning and below |
3 | Log Info and below |
4 | Log Everything |
Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | DroneCAN |
4 | PiccoloCAN |
6 | EFI_NWPMU |
7 | USD1 |
8 | KDECAN |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
7 | USD1 |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of ESC command messages
Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of servo command messages
Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.
Output rate of ECU command messages
DroneCAN node ID used by the driver itself on this network
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN
Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs
Option flags
Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message
Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo outputs 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth
Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads
Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.
Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state
Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | DroneCAN |
4 | PiccoloCAN |
6 | EFI_NWPMU |
7 | USD1 |
8 | KDECAN |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
7 | USD1 |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of ESC command messages
Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of servo command messages
Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.
Output rate of ECU command messages
DroneCAN node ID used by the driver itself on this network
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN
Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs
Option flags
Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message
Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo outputs 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth
Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads
Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.
Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state
Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Enabling this option starts selected protocol that will use this virtual driver
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | DroneCAN |
4 | PiccoloCAN |
6 | EFI_NWPMU |
7 | USD1 |
8 | KDECAN |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Secondary protocol with 11 bit CAN addressing
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
7 | USD1 |
10 | Scripting |
11 | Benewake |
12 | Scripting2 |
13 | TOFSenseP |
14 | RadarCAN (NanoRadar/Hexsoon) |
Bitmask defining which ESC (motor) channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of ESC command messages
Bitmask defining which servo channels are to be transmitted over Piccolo CAN
Output rate of servo command messages
Node ID to send ECU throttle messages to. Set to zero to disable ECU throttle messages. Set to 255 to broadcast to all ECUs.
Output rate of ECU command messages
DroneCAN node ID used by the driver itself on this network
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a servo command over DroneCAN
Bitmask with one set for channel to be transmitted as a ESC command over DroneCAN
Maximum transmit rate for servo outputs
Option flags
Maximum transmit rate for Notify State Message
Offset for ESC numbering in DroneCAN ESC RawCommand messages. This allows for more efficient packing of ESC command messages. If your ESCs are on servo outputs 5 to 8 and you set this parameter to 4 then the ESC RawCommand will be sent with the first 4 slots filled. This can be used for more efficient usage of CAN bandwidth
Amount of memory in bytes to allocate for the DroneCAN memory pool. More memory is needed for higher CAN bus loads
Bitmask with one set for each output channel that uses a reversible ESC over DroneCAN. Reversible ESCs use both positive and negative values in RawCommands, with positive commanding the forward direction and negative commanding the reverse direction.
Maximum transmit rate for relay outputs, note that this rate is per message each message does 1 relay, so if with more relays will take longer to update at the same rate, a extra message will be sent when a relay changes state
Enable DroneCAN virtual serial ports
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN remote node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
CAN node number for serial port
Serial port number on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Serial baud rate on remote CAN node
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Serial protocol of DroneCAN serial port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | First driver |
2 | Second driver |
3 | Third driver |
Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000
Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1M |
2 | 2M |
4 | 4M |
5 | 5M |
8 | 8M |
CAN per-interface options
Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | First driver |
2 | Second driver |
3 | Third driver |
Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000
Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1M |
2 | 2M |
4 | 4M |
5 | 5M |
8 | 8M |
CAN per-interface options
Enabling this option enables use of CAN buses.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | First driver |
2 | Second driver |
3 | Third driver |
Bit rate can be set up to from 10000 to 1000000
Bit rate can be set up to from 1000000 to 8000000
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1M |
2 | 2M |
4 | 4M |
5 | 5M |
8 | 8M |
CAN per-interface options
CAN Interface ID to be routed to SLCAN, 0 means no routing
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | First interface |
2 | Second interface |
Serial Port ID to be used for temporary SLCAN iface, -1 means no temporary serial. This parameter is automatically reset on reboot or on timeout. See CAN_SLCAN_TIMOUT for timeout details
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
Duration of inactivity after which SLCAN is switched back to original driver in seconds.
Duration after which slcan starts after setting SERNUM in seconds.
Parachute release enabled or disabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Parachute release mechanism type (relay number in versions prior to 4.5, or servo). Values 0-3 all are relay. Relay number used for release is set by RELAYx_FUNCTION in 4.5 or later.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Relay |
10 | Servo |
Parachute Servo PWM value in microseconds when parachute is released
Parachute Servo PWM value in microseconds when parachute is not released
Parachute min altitude above home. Parachute will not be released below this altitude. 0 to disable alt check.
Delay in millseconds between motor stop and chute release
Release parachute when critical sink rate is reached
Optional behaviour for parachute
Offset to be added to the compass x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to the compass y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to the compass z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
An angle to compensate between the true north and magnetic north
Enable or disable the automatic learning of compass offsets. You can enable learning either using a compass-only method that is suitable only for fixed wing aircraft or using the offsets learnt by the active EKF state estimator. If this option is enabled then the learnt offsets are saved when you disarm the vehicle. If InFlight learning is enabled then the compass with automatically start learning once a flight starts (must be armed). While InFlight learning is running you cannot use position control modes.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
2 | EKF-Learning |
3 | InFlight-Learning |
Enable or disable the use of the compass (instead of the GPS) for determining heading
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Enable or disable the automatic calculation of the declination based on gps location
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Set motor interference compensation type to disabled, throttle or current. Do not change manually.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Use Throttle |
2 | Use Current |
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to the compass's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
The orientation of the first external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Yaw45 |
2 | Yaw90 |
3 | Yaw135 |
4 | Yaw180 |
5 | Yaw225 |
6 | Yaw270 |
7 | Yaw315 |
8 | Roll180 |
9 | Yaw45Roll180 |
10 | Yaw90Roll180 |
11 | Yaw135Roll180 |
12 | Pitch180 |
13 | Yaw225Roll180 |
14 | Yaw270Roll180 |
15 | Yaw315Roll180 |
16 | Roll90 |
17 | Yaw45Roll90 |
18 | Yaw90Roll90 |
19 | Yaw135Roll90 |
20 | Roll270 |
21 | Yaw45Roll270 |
22 | Yaw90Roll270 |
23 | Yaw135Roll270 |
24 | Pitch90 |
25 | Pitch270 |
26 | Yaw90Pitch180 |
27 | Yaw270Pitch180 |
28 | Pitch90Roll90 |
29 | Pitch90Roll180 |
30 | Pitch90Roll270 |
31 | Pitch180Roll90 |
32 | Pitch180Roll270 |
33 | Pitch270Roll90 |
34 | Pitch270Roll180 |
35 | Pitch270Roll270 |
36 | Yaw90Pitch180Roll90 |
37 | Yaw270Roll90 |
38 | Yaw293Pitch68Roll180 |
39 | Pitch315 |
40 | Pitch315Roll90 |
42 | Roll45 |
43 | Roll315 |
100 | Custom 4.1 and older |
101 | Custom 1 |
102 | Custom 2 |
Configure compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. Set to 1 if the compass is externally connected. When externally connected the COMPASS_ORIENT option operates independently of the AHRS_ORIENTATION board orientation option. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Internal |
1 | External |
2 | ForcedExternal |
Offset to be added to compass2's x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to compass2's y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to compass2's z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass2's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Offset to be added to compass3's x-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to compass3's y-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Offset to be added to compass3's z-axis values to compensate for metal in the frame
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's x-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's y-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Multiplied by the current throttle and added to compass3's z-axis values to compensate for motor interference (Offset per Amp or at Full Throttle)
Compass device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Second compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Third compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Enable or disable the secondary compass for determining heading.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The orientation of a second external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Yaw45 |
2 | Yaw90 |
3 | Yaw135 |
4 | Yaw180 |
5 | Yaw225 |
6 | Yaw270 |
7 | Yaw315 |
8 | Roll180 |
9 | Yaw45Roll180 |
10 | Yaw90Roll180 |
11 | Yaw135Roll180 |
12 | Pitch180 |
13 | Yaw225Roll180 |
14 | Yaw270Roll180 |
15 | Yaw315Roll180 |
16 | Roll90 |
17 | Yaw45Roll90 |
18 | Yaw90Roll90 |
19 | Yaw135Roll90 |
20 | Roll270 |
21 | Yaw45Roll270 |
22 | Yaw90Roll270 |
23 | Yaw135Roll270 |
24 | Pitch90 |
25 | Pitch270 |
26 | Yaw90Pitch180 |
27 | Yaw270Pitch180 |
28 | Pitch90Roll90 |
29 | Pitch90Roll180 |
30 | Pitch90Roll270 |
31 | Pitch180Roll90 |
32 | Pitch180Roll270 |
33 | Pitch270Roll90 |
34 | Pitch270Roll180 |
35 | Pitch270Roll270 |
36 | Yaw90Pitch180Roll90 |
37 | Yaw270Roll90 |
38 | Yaw293Pitch68Roll180 |
39 | Pitch315 |
40 | Pitch315Roll90 |
42 | Roll45 |
43 | Roll315 |
100 | Custom 4.1 and older |
101 | Custom 1 |
102 | Custom 2 |
Configure second compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Internal |
1 | External |
2 | ForcedExternal |
Enable or disable the tertiary compass for determining heading.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The orientation of a third external compass relative to the vehicle frame. This value will be ignored unless this compass is set as an external compass. When set correctly in the northern hemisphere, pointing the nose and right side down should increase the MagX and MagY values respectively. Rolling the vehicle upside down should decrease the MagZ value. For southern hemisphere, switch increase and decrease. NOTE: For internal compasses, AHRS_ORIENT is used. The label for each option is specified in the order of rotations for that orientation. Firmware versions 4.2 and prior can use a CUSTOM (100) rotation to set the COMPASS_CUS_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles for Compass orientation. Later versions provide two general custom rotations which can be used, Custom 1 and Custom 2, with CUST_1_ROLL/PIT/YAW or CUST_2_ROLL/PIT/YAW angles.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Yaw45 |
2 | Yaw90 |
3 | Yaw135 |
4 | Yaw180 |
5 | Yaw225 |
6 | Yaw270 |
7 | Yaw315 |
8 | Roll180 |
9 | Yaw45Roll180 |
10 | Yaw90Roll180 |
11 | Yaw135Roll180 |
12 | Pitch180 |
13 | Yaw225Roll180 |
14 | Yaw270Roll180 |
15 | Yaw315Roll180 |
16 | Roll90 |
17 | Yaw45Roll90 |
18 | Yaw90Roll90 |
19 | Yaw135Roll90 |
20 | Roll270 |
21 | Yaw45Roll270 |
22 | Yaw90Roll270 |
23 | Yaw135Roll270 |
24 | Pitch90 |
25 | Pitch270 |
26 | Yaw90Pitch180 |
27 | Yaw270Pitch180 |
28 | Pitch90Roll90 |
29 | Pitch90Roll180 |
30 | Pitch90Roll270 |
31 | Pitch180Roll90 |
32 | Pitch180Roll270 |
33 | Pitch270Roll90 |
34 | Pitch270Roll180 |
35 | Pitch270Roll270 |
36 | Yaw90Pitch180Roll90 |
37 | Yaw270Roll90 |
38 | Yaw293Pitch68Roll180 |
39 | Pitch315 |
40 | Pitch315Roll90 |
42 | Roll45 |
43 | Roll315 |
100 | Custom 4.1 and older |
101 | Custom 1 |
102 | Custom 2 |
Configure third compass so it is attached externally. This is auto-detected on most boards. If set to 0 or 1 then auto-detection by bus connection can override the value. If set to 2 then auto-detection will be disabled.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Internal |
1 | External |
2 | ForcedExternal |
DIA_X in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Y in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Z in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_X in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Y in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Z in the compass soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_X in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Y in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Z in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_X in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Y in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Z in the compass2 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_X in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Y in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
DIA_Z in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_X in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Y in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
ODI_Z in the compass3 soft-iron calibration matrix: [[DIA_X, ODI_X, ODI_Y], [ODI_X, DIA_Y, ODI_Z], [ODI_Y, ODI_Z, DIA_Z]]
This controls the fitness level required for a successful compass calibration. A lower value makes for a stricter fit (less likely to pass). This is the value used for the primary magnetometer. Other magnetometers get double the value.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
4 | Very Strict |
8 | Strict |
16 | Default |
32 | Relaxed |
This sets the maximum allowed compass offset in calibration and arming checks
This is a bitmask of driver types to disable. If a driver type is set in this mask then that driver will not try to find a sensor at startup
This sets the range around the average value that new samples must be within to be accepted. This can help reduce the impact of noise on sensors that are on long I2C cables. The value is a percentage from the average value. A value of zero disables this filter.
When enabled this will automatically check the orientation of compasses on successful completion of compass calibration. If set to 2 then external compasses will have their orientation automatically corrected.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | CheckOnly |
2 | CheckAndFix |
3 | use same tolerance to auto rotate 45 deg rotations |
Compass device id with 1st order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.
Compass device id with 2nd order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.
Compass device id with 3rd order priority, set automatically if 0. Reboot required after change.
Setting this to Enabled(1) will enable the compass. Setting this to Disabled(0) will disable the compass. Note that this is separate from COMPASS_USE. This will enable the low level senor, and will enable logging of magnetometer data. To use the compass for navigation you must also set COMPASS_USE to 1.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Scaling factor for first compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done
Scaling factor for 2nd compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done
Scaling factor for 3rd compass to compensate for sensor scaling errors. If this is 0 then no scaling is done
This sets options to change the behaviour of the compass
Extra 4th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Extra 5th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Extra 6th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Extra 7th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Extra 8th compass's device id. Automatically detected, do not set manually
Compass mounting position roll offset. Positive values = roll right, negative values = roll left. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.
Compass mounting position pitch offset. Positive values = pitch up, negative values = pitch down. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.
Compass mounting position yaw offset. Positive values = yaw right, negative values = yaw left. This parameter is only used when COMPASS_ORIENT/2/3 is set to CUSTOM.
This enables per-motor compass corrections
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is the exponential correction for the power output of the motor for per-motor compass correction
Compensation for X axis of motor1
Compensation for Y axis of motor1
Compensation for Z axis of motor1
Compensation for X axis of motor2
Compensation for Y axis of motor2
Compensation for Z axis of motor2
Compensation for X axis of motor3
Compensation for Y axis of motor3
Compensation for Z axis of motor3
Compensation for X axis of motor4
Compensation for Y axis of motor4
Compensation for Z axis of motor4
This enables custom rotations
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Custom euler roll, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Custom euler pitch, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Custom euler yaw, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Custom euler roll, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Custom euler pitch, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Custom euler yaw, euler 321 (yaw, pitch, roll) ordering
Enable DDS subsystem
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
UDP port number for DDS
Set the ROS_DOMAIN_ID
The time in milliseconds the DDS client will wait for a response from the XRCE agent before reattempting.
The maximum number of times the DDS client will attempt to ping the XRCE agent before exiting. Set to 0 to allow unlimited retries.
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
Enable ODID subsystem
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Serial port number to send OpenDroneID MAVLink messages to. Can be -1 if using DroneCAN.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
DroneCAN driver index, 0 to disable DroneCAN
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Driver1 |
2 | Driver2 |
Options for OpenDroneID subsystem
Barometer Vertical Accuracy when installed in the vehicle. Note this is dependent upon installation conditions and thus disabled by default
Type of AHRS device
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | VectorNav |
2 | MicroStrain5 |
5 | InertialLabs |
7 | MicroStrain7 |
8 | SBG |
Requested rate for AHRS device
External AHRS options bitmask
External AHRS sensors bitmask
Logging rate for EARHS devices
What method of communication is used for EFI #1
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Serial-MS |
2 | NWPMU |
3 | Serial-Lutan |
4 | Loweheiser |
5 | DroneCAN |
6 | Currawong-ECU |
7 | Scripting |
8 | Hirth |
9 | MAVLink |
Used to calibrate fuel flow for MS protocol (Slope). This should be calculated from a log at constant fuel usage rate. Plot (ECYL[0].InjT*EFI.Rpm)/600.0 to get the duty_cycle. Measure actual fuel usage in cm^3/min, and set EFI_COEF1 = fuel_usage_cm3permin / duty_cycle
Used to calibrate fuel flow for MS protocol (Offset). This can be used to correct for a non-zero offset in the fuel consumption calculation of EFI_COEF1
Used to calculate fuel consumption
Enable EFI throttle linearisation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
First Order Polynomial Coefficient. (=1, if throttle is first order polynomial trendline)
Second Order Polynomial Coefficient (=0, if throttle is second order polynomial trendline)
Third Order Polynomial Coefficient. (=0, if throttle is third order polynomial trendline)
Offset for throttle linearization
This enables EKF2. Enabling EKF2 only makes the maths run, it does not mean it will be used for flight control. To use it for flight control set AHRS_EKF_TYPE=2. A reboot or restart will need to be performed after changing the value of EK2_ENABLE for it to take effect.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This controls use of GPS measurements : 0 = use 3D velocity & 2D position, 1 = use 2D velocity and 2D position, 2 = use 2D position, 3 = Inhibit GPS use - this can be useful when flying with an optical flow sensor in an environment where GPS quality is poor and subject to large multipath errors.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | GPS 3D Vel and 2D Pos |
1 | GPS 2D vel and 2D pos |
2 | GPS 2D pos |
3 | No GPS |
This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set horizontal velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS horizontal velocity measurements.
This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set vertical velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS vertical velocity measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS velocity measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This sets the GPS horizontal position observation noise. Increasing it reduces the weighting of GPS horizontal position measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS position measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This controls the maximum radial uncertainty in position between the value predicted by the filter and the value measured by the GPS before the filter position and velocity states are reset to the GPS. Making this value larger allows the filter to ignore larger GPS glitches but also means that non-GPS errors such as IMU and compass can create a larger error in position before the filter is forced back to the GPS position.
Primary height sensor used by the EKF. If a sensor other than Baro is selected and becomes unavailable, then the Baro sensor will be used as a fallback. NOTE: The EK2_RNG_USE_HGT parameter can be used to switch to range-finder when close to the ground in conjunction with EK2_ALT_SOURCE = 0 or 2 (Baro or GPS).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Use Baro |
1 | Use Range Finder |
2 | Use GPS |
3 | Use Range Beacon |
This is the RMS value of noise in the altitude measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the baro measurement and will make the filter respond more slowly to baro measurement errors, but will make it more sensitive to GPS and accelerometer errors.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the height measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the number of msec that the Height measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.
This is the RMS value of noise in magnetometer measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This determines when the filter will use the 3-axis magnetometer fusion model that estimates both earth and body fixed magnetic field states, when it will use a simpler magnetic heading fusion model that does not use magnetic field states and when it will use an alternative method of yaw determination to the magnetometer. The 3-axis magnetometer fusion is only suitable for use when the external magnetic field environment is stable. EK2_MAG_CAL = 0 uses heading fusion on ground, 3-axis fusion in-flight, and is the default setting for Plane users. EK2_MAG_CAL = 1 uses 3-axis fusion only when manoeuvring. EK2_MAG_CAL = 2 uses heading fusion at all times, is recommended if the external magnetic field is varying and is the default for rovers. EK2_MAG_CAL = 3 uses heading fusion on the ground and 3-axis fusion after the first in-air field and yaw reset has completed, and is the default for copters. EK2_MAG_CAL = 4 uses 3-axis fusion at all times. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK2_MAG_MASK parameter. NOTE: limited operation without a magnetometer or any other yaw sensor is possible by setting all COMPASS_USE, COMPASS_USE2, COMPASS_USE3, etc parameters to 0 with COMPASS_ENABLE set to 1. If this is done, the EK2_GSF_RUN and EK2_GSF_USE masks must be set to the same as EK2_IMU_MASK.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | When flying |
1 | When manoeuvring |
2 | Never |
3 | After first climb yaw reset |
4 | Always |
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the RMS value of noise in equivalent airspeed measurements used by planes. Increasing it reduces the weighting of airspeed measurements and will make wind speed estimates less noisy and slower to converge. Increasing also increases navigation errors when dead-reckoning without GPS measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the airspeed measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the RMS value of noise in the range finder measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range finder innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This sets the magnitude maximum optical flow rate in rad/sec that will be accepted by the filter
This is the RMS value of noise and errors in optical flow measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the optical flow innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the number of msec that the optical flow measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.
This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to gyro measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the gyro measurements less and other measurements more.
This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to accelerometer measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the accelerometer measurements less and other measurements more.
This state process noise controls growth of the gyro delta angle bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes rate gyro bias estimation faster and noisier.
This noise controls the rate of gyro scale factor learning. Increasing it makes rate gyro scale factor estimation faster and noisier.
This noise controls the growth of the vertical accelerometer delta velocity bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes accelerometer bias estimation faster and noisier.
This state process noise controls the growth of wind state error estimates. Increasing it makes wind estimation faster and noisier.
This controls how much the process noise on the wind states is increased when gaining or losing altitude to take into account changes in wind speed and direction with altitude. Increasing this parameter increases how rapidly the wind states adapt when changing altitude, but does make wind velocity estimation noiser.
This is a 1 byte bitmap controlling which GPS preflight checks are performed. Set to 0 to bypass all checks. Set to 255 perform all checks. Set to 3 to check just the number of satellites and HDoP. Set to 31 for the most rigorous checks that will still allow checks to pass when the copter is moving, eg launch from a boat.
1 byte bitmap of IMUs to use in EKF2. A separate instance of EKF2 will be started for each IMU selected. Set to 1 to use the first IMU only (default), set to 2 to use the second IMU only, set to 3 to use the first and second IMU. Additional IMU's can be used up to a maximum of 6 if memory and processing resources permit. There may be insufficient memory and processing resources to run multiple instances. If this occurs EKF2 will fail to start.
This scales the thresholds that are used to check GPS accuracy before it is used by the EKF. A value of 100 is the default. Values greater than 100 increase and values less than 100 reduce the maximum GPS error the EKF will accept. A value of 200 will double the allowable GPS error.
This sets the amount of position variation that the EKF allows for when operating without external measurements (eg GPS or optical flow). Increasing this parameter makes the EKF attitude estimate less sensitive to vehicle manoeuvres but more sensitive to IMU errors.
This is the RMS value of noise in yaw measurements from the magnetometer. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer yaw measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
Sets the time constant of the output complementary filter/predictor in centi-seconds.
This state process noise controls the growth of earth magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes earth magnetic field estimation faster and noisier.
This state process noise controls the growth of body magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes magnetometer bias error estimation faster and noisier.
Range finder can be used as the primary height source when below this percentage of its maximum range (see RNGFND*_MAX). This will not work unless Baro or GPS height is selected as the primary height source vis EK2_ALT_SOURCE = 0 or 2 respectively. This feature should not be used for terrain following as it is designed for vertical takeoff and landing with climb above the range finder use height before commencing the mission, and with horizontal position changes below that height being limited to a flat region around the takeoff and landing point.
Specifies the maximum gradient of the terrain below the vehicle assumed when it is fusing range finder or optical flow to estimate terrain height.
This is the RMS value of noise in the range beacon measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range beacon measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the number of msec that the range beacon measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.
The range finder will not be used as the primary height source when the horizontal ground speed is greater than this value.
1 byte bitmap of EKF cores that will disable magnetic field states and use simple magnetic heading fusion at all times. This parameter enables specified cores to be used as a backup for flight into an environment with high levels of external magnetic interference which may degrade the EKF attitude estimate when using 3-axis magnetometer fusion. NOTE : Use of a different magnetometer fusion algorithm on different cores makes unwanted EKF core switches due to magnetometer errors more likely.
When a height sensor other than GPS is used as the primary height source by the EKF, the position of the zero height datum is defined by that sensor and its frame of reference. If a GPS height measurement is also available, then the height of the WGS-84 height datum used by the EKF can be corrected so that the height returned by the getLLH() function is compensated for primary height sensor drift and change in datum over time. The first two bit positions control when the height datum will be corrected. Correction is performed using a Bayes filter and only operates when GPS quality permits. The third bit position controls where the corrections to the GPS reference datum are applied. Corrections can be applied to the local vertical position or to the reported EKF origin height (default).
Controls if the optical flow data is fused into the 24-state navigation estimator OR the 1-state terrain height estimator.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Navigation |
2 | Terrain |
This limits the difference between the learned earth magnetic field and the earth field from the world magnetic model tables. A value of zero means to disable the use of the WMM tables.
Specifies the crossover frequency of the complementary filter used to calculate the output predictor height rate derivative.
A bitmask of which EKF2 instances run an independant EKF-GSF yaw estimator to provide a backup yaw estimate that doesn't rely on magnetometer data. This estimator uses IMU, GPS and, if available, airspeed data. EKF-GSF yaw estimator data for the primary EKF2 instance will be logged as GSF0 and GSF1 messages. Use of the yaw estimate generated by this algorithm is controlled by the EK2_GSF_USE_MASK and EK2_GSF_RST_MAX parameters. To run the EKF-GSF yaw estimator in ride-along and logging only, set EK2_GSF_USE_MASK to 0.
1 byte bitmap of which EKF2 instances will use the output from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator that has been turned on by the EK2_GSF_RUN_MASK parameter. If the inertial navigation calculation stops following the GPS, then the vehicle code can request EKF2 to attempt to resolve the issue, either by performing a yaw reset if enabled by this parameter by switching to another EKF2 instance.
Sets the maximum number of times the EKF2 will be allowed to reset its yaw to the estimate from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator. No resets will be allowed unless the use of the EKF-GSF yaw estimate is enabled via the EK2_GSF_USE_MASK parameter.
optional EKF2 behaviour. Disabling external navigation prevents use of external vision data in the EKF2 solution
This enables EKF3. Enabling EKF3 only makes the maths run, it does not mean it will be used for flight control. To use it for flight control set AHRS_EKF_TYPE=3. A reboot or restart will need to be performed after changing the value of EK3_ENABLE for it to take effect.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set horizontal velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS horizontal velocity measurements.
This sets a lower limit on the speed accuracy reported by the GPS receiver that is used to set vertical velocity observation noise. If the model of receiver used does not provide a speed accurcy estimate, then the parameter value will be used. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the GPS vertical velocity measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS velocity measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the velocity innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size and a smaller value of EK3_VEL_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of GPS transient errors.
This sets the GPS horizontal position observation noise. Increasing it reduces the weighting of GPS horizontal position measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the GPS position measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD has been set to 0 the horizontal position innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size so a smaller value of EK3_POS_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of GPS transient errors.
This controls the maximum radial uncertainty in position between the value predicted by the filter and the value measured by the GPS before the filter position and velocity states are reset to the GPS. Making this value larger allows the filter to ignore larger GPS glitches but also means that non-GPS errors such as IMU and compass can create a larger error in position before the filter is forced back to the GPS position. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the GPS innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size set by EK3_VEL_I_GATE and EK3_POS_I_GATE which can be useful if poor quality sensor data is causing GPS rejection and loss of navigation but does make the EKF more susceptible to GPS glitches. If setting EK3_GLITCH_RAD to 0 it is recommended to reduce EK3_VEL_I_GATE and EK3_POS_I_GATE to 300.
This is the RMS value of noise in the altitude measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting of the baro measurement and will make the filter respond more slowly to baro measurement errors, but will make it more sensitive to GPS and accelerometer errors. A larger value for EK3_ALT_M_NSE may be required when operating with EK3_SRCx_POSZ = 0. This parameter also sets the noise for the 'synthetic' zero height measurement that is used when EK3_SRCx_POSZ = 0.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the height measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted. If EK3_GLITCH_RAD set to 0 the vertical position innovations will be clipped instead of rejected if they exceed the gate size and a smaller value of EK3_HGT_I_GATE not exceeding 300 is recommended to limit the effect of height sensor transient errors.
This is the number of msec that the Height measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.
This is the RMS value of noise in magnetometer measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This determines when the filter will use the 3-axis magnetometer fusion model that estimates both earth and body fixed magnetic field states and when it will use a simpler magnetic heading fusion model that does not use magnetic field states. The 3-axis magnetometer fusion is only suitable for use when the external magnetic field environment is stable. EK3_MAG_CAL = 0 uses heading fusion on ground, 3-axis fusion in-flight, and is the default setting for Plane users. EK3_MAG_CAL = 1 uses 3-axis fusion only when manoeuvring. EK3_MAG_CAL = 2 uses heading fusion at all times, is recommended if the external magnetic field is varying and is the default for rovers. EK3_MAG_CAL = 3 uses heading fusion on the ground and 3-axis fusion after the first in-air field and yaw reset has completed, and is the default for copters. EK3_MAG_CAL = 4 uses 3-axis fusion at all times. EK3_MAG_CAL = 5 uses an external yaw sensor with simple heading fusion. NOTE : Use of simple heading magnetometer fusion makes vehicle compass calibration and alignment errors harder for the EKF to detect which reduces the sensitivity of the Copter EKF failsafe algorithm. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK3_MAG_MASK parameter. EK3_MAG_CAL = 6 uses an external yaw sensor with fallback to compass when the external sensor is not available if we are flying. NOTE: The fusion mode can be forced to 2 for specific EKF cores using the EK3_MAG_MASK parameter. NOTE: limited operation without a magnetometer or any other yaw sensor is possible by setting all COMPASS_USE, COMPASS_USE2, COMPASS_USE3, etc parameters to 0 and setting COMPASS_ENABLE to 0. If this is done, the EK3_GSF_RUN and EK3_GSF_USE masks must be set to the same as EK3_IMU_MASK. A yaw angle derived from IMU and GPS velocity data using a Gaussian Sum Filter (GSF) will then be used to align the yaw when flight commences and there is sufficient movement.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | When flying |
1 | When manoeuvring |
2 | Never |
3 | After first climb yaw reset |
4 | Always |
5 | Use external yaw sensor (Deprecated in 4.1+ see EK3_SRCn_YAW) |
6 | External yaw sensor with compass fallback (Deprecated in 4.1+ see EK3_SRCn_YAW) |
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the RMS value of noise in equivalent airspeed measurements used by planes. Increasing it reduces the weighting of airspeed measurements and will make wind speed estimates less noisy and slower to converge. Increasing also increases navigation errors when dead-reckoning without GPS measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the airspeed measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the RMS value of noise in the range finder measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range finder innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
The maximum optical flow rate in rad/sec that will be accepted by the filter. Flow rates above this value will not be fused.
This is the RMS value of noise and errors in optical flow measurements. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the optical flow innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the number of msec that the optical flow measurements lag behind the inertial measurements. It is the time from the end of the optical flow averaging period and does not include the time delay due to the 100msec of averaging within the flow sensor.
This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to gyro measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the gyro measurements less and other measurements more.
This control disturbance noise controls the growth of estimated error due to accelerometer measurement errors excluding bias. Increasing it makes the flter trust the accelerometer measurements less and other measurements more.
This state process noise controls growth of the gyro delta angle bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes rate gyro bias estimation faster and noisier.
This noise controls the growth of the vertical accelerometer delta velocity bias state error estimate. Increasing it makes accelerometer bias estimation faster and noisier.
This state process noise controls the growth of wind state error estimates. Increasing it makes wind estimation faster and noisier.
This controls how much the process noise on the wind states is increased when gaining or losing altitude to take into account changes in wind speed and direction with altitude. Increasing this parameter increases how rapidly the wind states adapt when changing altitude, but does make wind velocity estimation noiser.
This is a 1 byte bitmap controlling which GPS preflight checks are performed. Set to 0 to bypass all checks. Set to 255 perform all checks. Set to 3 to check just the number of satellites and HDoP. Set to 31 for the most rigorous checks that will still allow checks to pass when the copter is moving, eg launch from a boat.
1 byte bitmap of IMUs to use in EKF3. A separate instance of EKF3 will be started for each IMU selected. Set to 1 to use the first IMU only (default), set to 2 to use the second IMU only, set to 3 to use the first and second IMU. Additional IMU's can be used up to a maximum of 6 if memory and processing resources permit. There may be insufficient memory and processing resources to run multiple instances. If this occurs EKF3 will fail to start.
This scales the thresholds that are used to check GPS accuracy before it is used by the EKF. A value of 100 is the default. Values greater than 100 increase and values less than 100 reduce the maximum GPS error the EKF will accept. A value of 200 will double the allowable GPS error.
This sets the amount of position variation that the EKF allows for when operating without external measurements (eg GPS or optical flow). Increasing this parameter makes the EKF attitude estimate less sensitive to vehicle manoeuvres but more sensitive to IMU errors.
1 byte bitmap controlling use of sideslip angle fusion for estimation of non wind states during operation of 'fly forward' vehicle types such as fixed wing planes. By assuming that the angle of sideslip is small, the wind velocity state estimates are corrected whenever the EKF is not dead reckoning (e.g. has an independent velocity or position sensor such as GPS). This behaviour is on by default and cannot be disabled. When the EKF is dead reckoning, the wind states are used as a reference, enabling use of the small angle of sideslip assumption to correct non wind velocity states (eg attitude, velocity, position, etc) and improve navigation accuracy. This behaviour is on by default and cannot be disabled. The behaviour controlled by this parameter is the use of the small angle of sideslip assumption to correct non wind velocity states when the EKF is NOT dead reckoning. This is primarily of benefit to reduce the buildup of yaw angle errors during straight and level flight without a yaw sensor (e.g. magnetometer or dual antenna GPS yaw) provided aerobatic flight maneuvers with large sideslip angles are not performed. The 'always' option might be used where the yaw sensor is intentionally not fitted or disabled. The 'WhenNoYawSensor' option might be used if a yaw sensor is fitted, but protection against in-flight failure and continual rejection by the EKF is desired. For vehicles operated within visual range of the operator performing frequent turning maneuvers, setting this parameter is unnecessary.
This is the RMS value of noise in yaw measurements from the magnetometer. Increasing it reduces the weighting on these measurements.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the magnetometer yaw measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
Sets the time constant of the output complementary filter/predictor in centi-seconds.
This state process noise controls the growth of earth magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes earth magnetic field estimation faster and noisier.
This state process noise controls the growth of body magnetic field state error estimates. Increasing it makes magnetometer bias error estimation faster and noisier.
Range finder can be used as the primary height source when below this percentage of its maximum range (see RNGFNDx_MAX) and the primary height source is Baro or GPS (see EK3_SRCx_POSZ). This feature should not be used for terrain following as it is designed for vertical takeoff and landing with climb above the range finder use height before commencing the mission, and with horizontal position changes below that height being limited to a flat region around the takeoff and landing point.
Specifies the maximum gradient of the terrain below the vehicle when it is using range finder as a height reference
This is the RMS value of noise in the range beacon measurement. Increasing it reduces the weighting on this measurement.
This sets the percentage number of standard deviations applied to the range beacon measurement innovation consistency check. Decreasing it makes it more likely that good measurements will be rejected. Increasing it makes it more likely that bad measurements will be accepted.
This is the number of msec that the range beacon measurements lag behind the inertial measurements.
The range finder will not be used as the primary height source when the horizontal ground speed is greater than this value.
The accelerometer bias state will be limited to +- this value
1 byte bitmap of EKF cores that will disable magnetic field states and use simple magnetic heading fusion at all times. This parameter enables specified cores to be used as a backup for flight into an environment with high levels of external magnetic interference which may degrade the EKF attitude estimate when using 3-axis magnetometer fusion. NOTE : Use of a different magnetometer fusion algorithm on different cores makes unwanted EKF core switches due to magnetometer errors more likely.
When a height sensor other than GPS is used as the primary height source by the EKF, the position of the zero height datum is defined by that sensor and its frame of reference. If a GPS height measurement is also available, then the height of the WGS-84 height datum used by the EKF can be corrected so that the height returned by the getLLH() function is compensated for primary height sensor drift and change in datum over time. The first two bit positions control when the height datum will be corrected. Correction is performed using a Bayes filter and only operates when GPS quality permits. The third bit position controls where the corrections to the GPS reference datum are applied. Corrections can be applied to the local vertical position or to the reported EKF origin height (default).
This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when maximum quality is reported by the sensor. When quality is between max and min, the error will be calculated using linear interpolation between VIS_VERR_MIN and VIS_VERR_MAX.
This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when minimum quality is reported by the sensor. When quality is between max and min, the error will be calculated using linear interpolation between VIS_VERR_MIN and VIS_VERR_MAX.
This is the 1-STD odometry velocity observation error that will be assumed when wheel encoder data is being fused.
Controls if the optical flow data is fused into the 24-state navigation estimator OR the 1-state terrain height estimator.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Navigation |
2 | Terrain |
Specifies the crossover frequency of the complementary filter used to calculate the output predictor height rate derivative.
This limits the difference between the learned earth magnetic field and the earth field from the world magnetic model tables. A value of zero means to disable the use of the WMM tables.
1 byte bitmap of which EKF3 instances run an independent EKF-GSF yaw estimator to provide a backup yaw estimate that doesn't rely on magnetometer data. This estimator uses IMU, GPS and, if available, airspeed data. EKF-GSF yaw estimator data for the primary EKF3 instance will be logged as GSF0 and GSF1 messages. Use of the yaw estimate generated by this algorithm is controlled by the EK3_GSF_USE_MASK and EK3_GSF_RST_MAX parameters. To run the EKF-GSF yaw estimator in ride-along and logging only, set EK3_GSF_USE to 0.
A bitmask of which EKF3 instances will use the output from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator that has been turned on by the EK3_GSF_RUN_MASK parameter. If the inertial navigation calculation stops following the GPS, then the vehicle code can request EKF3 to attempt to resolve the issue, either by performing a yaw reset if enabled by this parameter by switching to another EKF3 instance.
Sets the maximum number of times the EKF3 will be allowed to reset its yaw to the estimate from the EKF-GSF yaw estimator. No resets will be allowed unless the use of the EKF-GSF yaw estimate is enabled via the EK3_GSF_USE_MASK parameter.
lanes have to be consistently better than the primary by at least this threshold to reduce their overall relativeCoreError, lowering this makes lane switching more sensitive to smaller error differences
These options control the affinity between sensor instances and EKF cores
Ratio of mass to drag coefficient measured along the X body axis. This parameter enables estimation of wind drift for vehicles with bluff bodies and without propulsion forces in the X and Y direction (eg multicopters). The drag produced by this effect scales with speed squared. Set to a positive value > 1.0 to enable. A starting value is the mass in Kg divided by the frontal area. The predicted drag from the rotors is specified separately by the EK3_DRAG_MCOEF parameter.
Ratio of mass to drag coefficient measured along the Y body axis. This parameter enables estimation of wind drift for vehicles with bluff bodies and without propulsion forces in the X and Y direction (eg multicopters). The drag produced by this effect scales with speed squared. Set to a positive value > 1.0 to enable. A starting value is the mass in Kg divided by the side area. The predicted drag from the rotors is specified separately by the EK3_DRAG_MCOEF parameter.
This sets the amount of noise used when fusing X and Y acceleration as an observation that enables estimation of wind velocity for multi-rotor vehicles. This feature is enabled by the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters
This parameter is used to predict the drag produced by the rotors when flying a multi-copter, enabling estimation of wind drift. The drag produced by this effect scales with speed not speed squared and is produced because some of the air velocity normal to the rotors axis of rotation is lost when passing through the rotor disc which changes the momentum of the airflow causing drag. For unducted rotors the effect is roughly proportional to the area of the propeller blades when viewed side on and changes with different propellers. It is higher for ducted rotors. For example if flying at 15 m/s at sea level conditions produces a rotor induced drag acceleration of 1.5 m/s/s, then EK3_DRAG_MCOEF would be set to 0.1 = (1.5/15.0). Set EK3_MCOEF to a positive value to enable wind estimation using this drag effect. To account for the drag produced by the body which scales with speed squared, see documentation for the EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_X and EK3_DRAG_BCOEF_Y parameters.
This parameter is adjust the sensitivity of the on ground not moving test which is used to assist with learning the yaw gyro bias and stopping yaw drift before flight when operating without a yaw sensor. Bigger values allow the detection of a not moving condition with noiser IMU data. Check the XKFM data logged when the vehicle is on ground not moving and adjust the value of OGNM_TEST_SF to be slightly higher than the maximum value of the XKFM.ADR, XKFM.ALR, XKFM.GDR and XKFM.GLR test levels.
This parameter sets the size of the dead zone that is applied to negative baro height spikes that can occur when taking off or landing when a vehicle with lift rotors is operating in ground effect ground effect. Set to about 0.5m less than the amount of negative offset in baro height that occurs just prior to takeoff when lift motors are spooling up. Set to 0 if no ground effect is present.
The core number (index in IMU mask) that will be used as the primary EKF core on startup. While disarmed the EKF will force the use of this core. A value of 0 corresponds to the first IMU in EK3_IMU_MASK.
Determines how verbose the EKF3 streaming logging is. A value of 0 provides full logging(default), a value of 1 only XKF4 scaled innovations are logged, a value of 2 both XKF4 and GSF are logged, and a value of 3 disables all streaming logging of EKF3.
Vertical accuracy threshold for GPS as the altitude source. The GPS will not be used as an altitude source if the reported vertical accuracy of the GPS is larger than this threshold, falling back to baro instead. Set to zero to deactivate the threshold check.
EKF optional behaviour. Bit 0 (JammingExpected): Setting JammingExpected will change the EKF behaviour such that if dead reckoning navigation is possible it will require the preflight alignment GPS quality checks controlled by EK3_GPS_CHECK and EK3_CHECK_SCALE to pass before resuming GPS use if GPS lock is lost for more than 2 seconds to prevent bad position estimate. Bit 1 (Manual lane switching): DANGEROUS – If enabled, this disables automatic lane switching. If the active lane becomes unhealthy, no automatic switching will occur. Users must manually set EK3_PRIMARY to change lanes. No health checks will be performed on the selected lane. Use with extreme caution. Bit 2 (Optflow may use terrain alt): Terrain SRTM data will be used if the vehicle climbs above the rangefinder's range allowing optical flow to be used at higher altitudes.
Position Horizontal Source (Primary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Horizontal Source
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
5 | OpticalFlow |
6 | ExternalNav |
7 | WheelEncoder |
Position Vertical Source
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Baro |
2 | RangeFinder |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Vertical Source
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Yaw Source
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Compass |
2 | GPS |
3 | GPS with Compass Fallback |
6 | ExternalNav |
8 | GSF |
Position Horizontal Source (Secondary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Horizontal Source (Secondary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
5 | OpticalFlow |
6 | ExternalNav |
7 | WheelEncoder |
Position Vertical Source (Secondary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Baro |
2 | RangeFinder |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Vertical Source (Secondary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Yaw Source (Secondary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Compass |
2 | GPS |
3 | GPS with Compass Fallback |
6 | ExternalNav |
8 | GSF |
Position Horizontal Source (Tertiary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Horizontal Source (Tertiary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
5 | OpticalFlow |
6 | ExternalNav |
7 | WheelEncoder |
Position Vertical Source (Tertiary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Baro |
2 | RangeFinder |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Velocity Vertical Source (Tertiary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
3 | GPS |
4 | Beacon |
6 | ExternalNav |
Yaw Source (Tertiary)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Compass |
2 | GPS |
3 | GPS with Compass Fallback |
6 | ExternalNav |
8 | GSF |
EKF Source Options. Bit 0: Fuse all velocity sources present in EK3_SRCx_VEL_. Bit 1: Align external navigation position when using optical flow. Bit 3: Use SRC per core. By default, EKF source selection is controlled via the EK3_SRC parameters, allowing only one source to be active at a time across all cores (switchable via MAVLink, Lua, or RC). Enabling this bit maps EKF core 1 to SRC1, core 2 to SRC2, etc., allowing each core to run independently with a dedicated source.
Offset to apply to ESC numbers when reporting as ESC_TELEMETRY packets over MAVLink. This allows high numbered motors to be displayed as low numbered ESCs for convenience on GCS displays. A value of 4 would send ESC on output 5 as ESC number 1 in ESC_TELEMETRY packets
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the fence functionality. Fences can still be enabled and disabled via mavlink or an RC option, but these changes are not persisted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Configured fence types held as bitmask. Max altitide, Circle and Polygon fences will be immediately enabled if configured. Min altitude fence will only be enabled once the minimum altitude is reached.
What action should be taken when fence is breached
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Report Only |
1 | RTL |
6 | Guided |
7 | GuidedThrottlePass |
8 | AUTOLAND if possible else RTL |
Maximum altitude allowed before geofence triggers
Circle fence radius which when breached will cause an RTL
Distance that autopilot's should maintain from the fence to avoid a breach
Number of polygon points saved in eeprom (do not update manually)
Minimum altitude allowed before geofence triggers
Should the vehicle return to fence return point or rally point
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Fence Return Point |
1 | Nearest Rally Point |
Altitude the vehicle will transit to when a fence breach occurs
Auto-enable of fences. AutoEnableOnTakeoff enables all configured fences, except the minimum altitude fence (which is enabled when the minimum altitude is reached), after autotakeoffs reach altitude. During autolandings the fences will be disabled. AutoEnableDisableFloorOnLanding enables all configured fences, except the minimum altitude fence (which is enabled when the minimum altitude is reached), after autotakeoffs reach altitude. During autolandings only the Minimum Altitude fence will be disabled. AutoEnableOnlyWhenArmed enables all configured fences on arming, except the minimum altitude fence (which is enabled when the minimum altitude is reached), but no fences are disabled during autolandings. However, fence breaches are ignored while executing prior breach recovery actions which may include autolandings.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | AutoEnableOff |
1 | AutoEnableOnTakeoff |
2 | AutoEnableDisableFloorOnLanding |
3 | AutoEnableOnlyWhenArmed |
When bit 0 is set disable mode change following fence action until fence breach is cleared. When bit 1 is set the allowable flight areas is the union of all polygon and circle fence areas instead of the intersection, which means a fence breach occurs only if you are outside all of the fence areas.
When bit 2 of FENCE_OPTIONS is set this parameter controls the frequency of margin breach notifications. If set to 0 only new margin breaches are notified.
Enable Gyro FFT analyser
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Lower bound of FFT frequency detection in Hz. On larger vehicles the minimum motor frequency is likely to be significantly lower than for smaller vehicles.
Upper bound of FFT frequency detection in Hz. On smaller vehicles the maximum motor frequency is likely to be significantly higher than for larger vehicles.
Sampling mode (and therefore rate). 0: Gyro rate sampling, 1: Fast loop rate sampling, 2: Fast loop rate / 2 sampling, 3: Fast loop rate / 3 sampling. Takes effect on reboot.
Size of window to be used in FFT calculations. Takes effect on reboot. Must be a power of 2 and between 32 and 512. Larger windows give greater frequency resolution but poorer time resolution, consume more CPU time and may not be appropriate for all vehicles. Time and frequency resolution are given by the sample-rate / window-size. Windows of 256 are only really recommended for F7 class boards, windows of 512 or more H7 class.
Percentage of window to be overlapped before another frame is process. Takes effect on reboot. A good default is 50% overlap. Higher overlap results in more processed frames but not necessarily more temporal resolution. Lower overlap results in lost information at the frame edges.
The learned hover noise frequency
FFT learned thrust reference for the hover frequency and FFT minimum frequency.
FFT SNR reference threshold in dB at which a signal is determined to be present.
FFT attenuation level in dB for bandwidth calculation and peak detection. The bandwidth is calculated by comparing peak power output with the attenuated version. The default of 15 has shown to be a good compromise in both simulations and real flight.
FFT learned bandwidth at hover for the attenuation frequencies.
FFT harmonic fit frequency threshold percentage at which a signal of the appropriate frequency is determined to be the harmonic of another. Signals that have a harmonic relationship that varies at most by this percentage are considered harmonics of each other for the purpose of selecting the harmonic notch frequency. If a match is found then the lower frequency harmonic is always used as the basis for the dynamic harmonic notch. A value of zero completely disables harmonic matching.
The FFT harmonic peak target that should be returned by FTN1.PkAvg. The resulting value will be used by the harmonic notch if configured to track the FFT frequency. By default the appropriate peak is auto-detected based on the harmonic fit between peaks and the energy-weighted average frequency on roll on pitch is used. Setting this to 1 will always target the highest energy peak. Setting this to 2 will target the highest energy peak that is lower in frequency than the highest energy peak. Setting this to 3 will target the highest energy peak that is higher in frequency than the highest energy peak. Setting this to 4 will target the highest energy peak on the roll axis only and only the roll frequency will be used (some vehicles have a much more pronounced peak on roll). Setting this to 5 will target the highest energy peak on the pitch axis only and only the pitch frequency will be used (some vehicles have a much more pronounced peak on roll).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Auto |
1 | Center Frequency |
2 | Lower-Shoulder Frequency |
3 | Upper-Shoulder Frequency |
4 | Roll-Axis |
5 | Pitch-Axis |
Number of output frequency frames to retain and average in order to calculate final frequencies. Averaging output frames can drastically reduce noise and jitter at the cost of latency as long as the input is stable. The default is to perform no averaging. For rapidly changing frequencies (e.g. smaller aircraft) fewer frames should be averaged.
FFT configuration options. Values: 1:Apply the FFT *after* the filter bank,2:Check noise at the motor frequencies using ESC data as a reference
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Filter Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Notch Filter |
Notch Filter center frequency in Hz.
Notch Filter quality factor given by the notch centre frequency divided by its bandwidth.
Notch Filter attenuation in dB.
Optical flow sensor type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | PX4Flow |
2 | Pixart |
3 | Bebop |
4 | CXOF |
5 | MAVLink |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MSP |
8 | UPFLOW |
10 | SITL |
This sets the parts per thousand scale factor correction applied to the flow sensor X axis optical rate. It can be used to correct for variations in effective focal length. Each positive increment of 1 increases the scale factor applied to the X axis optical flow reading by 0.1%. Negative values reduce the scale factor.
This sets the parts per thousand scale factor correction applied to the flow sensor Y axis optical rate. It can be used to correct for variations in effective focal length. Each positive increment of 1 increases the scale factor applied to the Y axis optical flow reading by 0.1%. Negative values reduce the scale factor.
Specifies the number of centi-degrees that the flow sensor is yawed relative to the vehicle. A sensor with its X-axis pointing to the right of the vehicle X axis has a positive yaw angle.
X position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin.
Y position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin.
Z position of the optical flow sensor focal point in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin.
This is used to select between multiple possible I2C addresses for some sensor types. For PX4Flow you can choose 0 to 7 for the 8 possible addresses on the I2C bus.
This is used in rover vehicles, where the sensor is a fixed height above the ground
Optical flow options. Bit 0 should be set if the sensor is stabilised (e.g. mounted on a gimbal)
Enabled/disable following a target
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Follow target's mavlink system id
Follow distance maximum. If exceeded, the follow estimate will be considered invalid.
Follow offset type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | North-East-Down |
1 | Relative to lead vehicle heading |
Follow offsets in meters north/forward. If positive, this vehicle fly ahead or north of lead vehicle. Depends on FOLL_OFS_TYPE
Follow offsets in meters east/right. If positive, this vehicle will fly to the right or east of lead vehicle. Depends on FOLL_OFS_TYPE
Follow offsets in meters down. If positive, this vehicle will fly below the lead vehicle
Follow yaw behaviour
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Face Lead Vehicle |
2 | Same as Lead vehicle |
3 | Direction of Flight |
Follow position error P gain. Converts the difference between desired vertical speed and actual speed into a desired acceleration that is passed to the throttle acceleration controller
Follow altitude type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | absolute |
1 | relative |
Follow options bitmask
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Mount Follows lead vehicle on mode enter |
Acceleration limit of the horizontal kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in velocity
Jerk limit of the horizontal kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in acceleration
Acceleration limit of the vertical kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in velocity
Jerk limit of the vertical kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in acceleration
Angular acceleration limit of the heading kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in angular velocity
Angular jerk limit of the heading kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the estimate varies in angular acceleration
Change the uplink sensor id (SPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disable |
7 | 7 |
8 | 8 |
9 | 9 |
10 | 10 |
11 | 11 |
12 | 12 |
13 | 13 |
14 | 14 |
15 | 15 |
16 | 16 |
17 | 17 |
18 | 18 |
19 | 19 |
20 | 20 |
21 | 21 |
22 | 22 |
23 | 23 |
24 | 24 |
25 | 25 |
26 | 26 |
Change the first extra downlink sensor id (SPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disable |
7 | 7 |
8 | 8 |
9 | 9 |
10 | 10 |
11 | 11 |
12 | 12 |
13 | 13 |
14 | 14 |
15 | 15 |
16 | 16 |
17 | 17 |
18 | 18 |
19 | 19 |
20 | 20 |
21 | 21 |
22 | 22 |
23 | 23 |
24 | 24 |
25 | 25 |
26 | 26 |
Change the second extra downlink sensor id (SPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disable |
7 | 7 |
8 | 8 |
9 | 9 |
10 | 10 |
11 | 11 |
12 | 12 |
13 | 13 |
14 | 14 |
15 | 15 |
16 | 16 |
17 | 17 |
18 | 18 |
19 | 19 |
20 | 20 |
21 | 21 |
22 | 22 |
23 | 23 |
24 | 24 |
25 | 25 |
26 | 26 |
Change the default downlink sensor id (SPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disable |
7 | 7 |
8 | 8 |
9 | 9 |
10 | 10 |
11 | 11 |
12 | 12 |
13 | 13 |
14 | 14 |
15 | 15 |
16 | 16 |
17 | 17 |
18 | 18 |
19 | 19 |
20 | 20 |
21 | 21 |
22 | 22 |
23 | 23 |
24 | 24 |
25 | 25 |
26 | 26 |
27 | 27 |
A bitmask to set some FRSky Telemetry specific options
Generator type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | IE 650w 800w Fuel Cell |
2 | IE 2.4kW Fuel Cell |
3 | Richenpower |
4 | Loweheiser |
Bitmask of options for generators
Navigation filter engine setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Portable |
2 | Stationary |
3 | Pedestrian |
4 | Automotive |
5 | Sea |
6 | Airborne1G |
7 | Airborne2G |
8 | Airborne4G |
Automatic switchover to GPS reporting best lock, 1:UseBest selects the GPS with highest status, if both are equal the GPS with highest satellite count is used 4:Use primary if 3D fix or better, will revert to 'UseBest' behaviour if 3D fix is lost on primary
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Use primary |
1 | UseBest |
2 | Blend |
4 | Use primary if 3D fix or better |
This sets the SBAS (satellite based augmentation system) mode if available on this GPS. If set to 2 then the SBAS mode is not changed in the GPS. Otherwise the GPS will be reconfigured to enable/disable SBAS. Disabling SBAS may be worthwhile in some parts of the world where an SBAS signal is available but the baseline is too long to be useful.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | NoChange |
This sets the minimum elevation of satellites above the horizon for them to be used for navigation. Setting this to -100 leaves the minimum elevation set to the GPS modules default.
The GGS can send raw serial packets to inject data to multiple GPSes.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | send to first GPS |
1 | send to 2nd GPS |
127 | send to all |
Masked with the SBP msg_type field to determine whether SBR1/SBR2 data is logged
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None (0x0000) |
-1 | All (0xFFFF) |
-256 | External only (0xFF00) |
Handles logging raw data; on uBlox chips that support raw data this will log RXM messages into logger; on Septentrio this will log on the equipment's SD card and when set to 2, the autopilot will try to stop logging after disarming and restart after arming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Ignore |
1 | Always log |
2 | Stop logging when disarmed (SBF only) |
5 | Only log every five samples (uBlox only) |
Determines whether the configuration for this GPS should be written to non-volatile memory on the GPS. Currently working for UBlox 6 series and above.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do not save config |
1 | Save config |
2 | Save only when needed |
Controls if the autopilot should automatically configure the GPS based on the parameters and default settings
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disables automatic configuration |
1 | Enable automatic configuration for Serial GPSes only |
2 | Enable automatic configuration for DroneCAN as well |
Determines which of the accuracy measures Horizontal position, Vertical Position and Speed are used to calculate the weighting on each GPS receiver when soft switching has been selected by setting GPS_AUTO_SWITCH to 2(Blend)
Additional backend specific options
This GPS will be used when GPS_AUTO_SWITCH is 0 and used preferentially with GPS_AUTO_SWITCH = 4.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | FirstGPS |
1 | SecondGPS |
GPS type of 1st GPS.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_TYPE
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | AUTO |
2 | uBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SiRF |
7 | HIL |
8 | SwiftNav |
9 | DroneCAN |
10 | SBF |
11 | GSOF |
13 | ERB |
14 | MAV |
15 | NOVA |
16 | HemisphereNMEA |
17 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Base |
18 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Rover |
19 | MSP |
20 | AllyStar |
21 | ExternalAHRS |
22 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Base |
23 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Rover |
24 | UnicoreNMEA |
25 | UnicoreMovingBaselineNMEA |
26 | SBF-DualAntenna |
GPS type of 2nd GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | AUTO |
2 | uBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SiRF |
7 | HIL |
8 | SwiftNav |
9 | DroneCAN |
10 | SBF |
11 | GSOF |
13 | ERB |
14 | MAV |
15 | NOVA |
16 | HemisphereNMEA |
17 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Base |
18 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Rover |
19 | MSP |
20 | AllyStar |
21 | ExternalAHRS |
22 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Base |
23 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Rover |
24 | UnicoreNMEA |
25 | UnicoreMovingBaselineNMEA |
26 | SBF-DualAntenna |
Bitmask for what GNSS system to use on the first GPS (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured).Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_GNSS_MODE.
Bitmask for what GNSS system to use on the second GPS (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured). Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_GNSS_MODE
Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_RATE_MS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
100 | 10Hz |
125 | 8Hz |
200 | 5Hz |
Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_RATE_MS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
100 | 10Hz |
125 | 8Hz |
200 | 5Hz |
X position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_POS_X.
Y position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_POS_Y.
Z position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_POS_Z.
X position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_POS_X.
Y position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_POS_Y.
Z position of the second GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_POS_Z.
Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_DELAY_MS.
Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_DELAY_MS.
The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS,Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_COM_PORT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | COM1(RS232) on GSOF |
1 | COM2(TTL) on GSOF |
The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_COM_PORT.
GPS Node id for first-discovered GPS.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS1_CAN_NODEID.
GPS Node id for second-discovered GPS.Renamed in 4.6 and later to GPS2_CAN_NODEID.
GPS type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | AUTO |
2 | uBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SiRF |
7 | HIL |
8 | SwiftNav |
9 | DroneCAN |
10 | Septentrio(SBF) |
11 | Trimble(GSOF) |
13 | ERB |
14 | MAVLink |
15 | NOVA |
16 | HemisphereNMEA |
17 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Base |
18 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Rover |
19 | MSP |
20 | AllyStar |
21 | ExternalAHRS |
22 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Base |
23 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Rover |
24 | UnicoreNMEA |
25 | UnicoreMovingBaselineNMEA |
26 | Septentrio-DualAntenna(SBF) |
Bitmask for what GNSS system to use (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured)
Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
100 | 10Hz |
125 | 8Hz |
200 | 5Hz |
X position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Y position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Z position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.
The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | COM1(RS232) on GSOF |
1 | COM2(TTL) on GSOF |
GPS Node id for GPS. Detected node unless CAN_OVRIDE is set
GPS Node id for GPS. If 0 the gps will be automatically selected on a first-come-first-GPS basis.
Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_TYPE.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Relative to alternate GPS instance |
1 | RelativeToCustomBase |
X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_X.
Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Y.
Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Z.
GPS type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | AUTO |
2 | uBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SiRF |
7 | HIL |
8 | SwiftNav |
9 | DroneCAN |
10 | Septentrio(SBF) |
11 | Trimble(GSOF) |
13 | ERB |
14 | MAVLink |
15 | NOVA |
16 | HemisphereNMEA |
17 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Base |
18 | uBlox-MovingBaseline-Rover |
19 | MSP |
20 | AllyStar |
21 | ExternalAHRS |
22 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Base |
23 | DroneCAN-MovingBaseline-Rover |
24 | UnicoreNMEA |
25 | UnicoreMovingBaselineNMEA |
26 | Septentrio-DualAntenna(SBF) |
Bitmask for what GNSS system to use (all unchecked or zero to leave GPS as configured)
Controls how often the GPS should provide a position update. Lowering below 5Hz(default) is not allowed. Raising the rate above 5Hz usually provides little benefit and for some GPS (eg Ublox M9N) can severely impact performance.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
100 | 10Hz |
125 | 8Hz |
200 | 5Hz |
X position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Y position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Z position of the first GPS antenna in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.
Controls the amount of GPS measurement delay that the autopilot compensates for. Set to zero to use the default delay for the detected GPS type.
The physical COM port on the connected device, currently only applies to SBF and GSOF GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | COM1(RS232) on GSOF |
1 | COM2(TTL) on GSOF |
GPS Node id for GPS. Detected node unless CAN_OVRIDE is set
GPS Node id for GPS. If 0 the gps will be automatically selected on a first-come-first-GPS basis.
Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_TYPE.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Relative to alternate GPS instance |
1 | RelativeToCustomBase |
X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_X.
Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Y.
Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Z.
Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_TYPE.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Relative to alternate GPS instance |
1 | RelativeToCustomBase |
X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_X.
Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Y.
Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Z.
Controls the type of moving base used if using moving base.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_TYPE.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Relative to alternate GPS instance |
1 | RelativeToCustomBase |
X position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive X is forward of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_X.
Y position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Y is to the right of the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Y.
Z position of the base (primary) GPS antenna in body frame from the position of the 2nd antenna. Positive Z is down from the 2nd antenna. Use antenna phase centroid location if provided by the manufacturer.This is renamed in 4.6 and later to GPSx_MB_OFS_Z.
Gripper enable/disable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Gripper enable/disable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Servo |
2 | EPM |
PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to initiate grabbing the cargo
PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to release the cargo
PWM value in microseconds sent to grabber when not grabbing or releasing
Time in seconds that EPM gripper will regrab the cargo to ensure grip has not weakened; 0 to disable
Refer to https://docs.zubax.com/opengrab_epm_v3#UAVCAN_interface
Time in seconds that gripper close the gripper after opening; 0 to disable
P Gain which produces an output value that is proportional to the current error value
I Gain which produces an output that is proportional to both the magnitude and the duration of the error
D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the error
FF Gain which produces an output value that is proportional to the demanded input
The maximum/minimum value that the I term can output
Low-pass filter frequency applied to the target input (Hz)
Low-pass filter frequency applied to the error (Hz)
Low-pass filter frequency applied to the derivative (Hz)
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
PID Target notch filter index
PID Error notch filter index
This enables internal combustion engine control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is an RC input channel for requesting engine start. Engine will try to start when channel is at or above 1700. Engine will stop when channel is at or below 1300. Between 1301 and 1699 the engine will not change state unless a MAVLink command or mission item commands a state change, or the vehicle is disarmed. See ICE_STARTCHN_MIN parameter to change engine stop PWM value and/or to enable debouncing of the START_CH to avoid accidental engine kills due to noise on channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Chan1 |
2 | Chan2 |
3 | Chan3 |
4 | Chan4 |
5 | Chan5 |
6 | Chan6 |
7 | Chan7 |
8 | Chan8 |
9 | Chan9 |
10 | Chan10 |
11 | Chan11 |
12 | Chan12 |
13 | Chan13 |
14 | Chan14 |
15 | Chan15 |
16 | Chan16 |
This is the number of seconds to run the starter when trying to start the engine
Delay between start attempts
This is the measured RPM above which the engine is considered to be running
This is the value sent to the ignition channel when on
This is the value sent to the ignition channel when off
This is the value sent to the starter channel when on
This is the value sent to the starter channel when off
This is which of the RPM instances to use for detecting the RPM of the engine
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RPM1 |
2 | RPM2 |
This is the percentage throttle output for engine start
This is the minimum percentage throttle output while running, this includes being disarmed, but not safe
This configures the RPM that will be commanded by the idle governor. Set to -1 to disable
This configures the deadband that is tolerated before adjusting the idle setpoint
This configures the slewrate used to adjust the idle setpoint in percentage points per second
Options for ICE control. The Disable ignition in RC failsafe option will cause the ignition to be set off on any R/C failsafe. If Throttle while disarmed is set then throttle control will be allowed while disarmed for planes when in MANUAL mode. If disable while disarmed is set the engine will not start while the vehicle is disarmed unless overriden by the MAVLink DO_ENGINE_CONTROL command.
This is a minimum PWM value for engine start channel for an engine stop to be commanded. Setting this value will avoid RC input glitches with low PWM values from causing an unwanted engine stop. A value of zero means any PWM above 800 and below 1300 triggers an engine stop. To stop the engine start channel must above the larger of this value and 800 and below 1300.
Maximum RPM for the engine provided by the manufacturer. A value of 0 disables this feature. See ICE_OPTIONS to enable or disable the governor.
If set 0 then there is no limit to retrials. If set to a value greater than 0 then the engine will retry starting the engine this many times before giving up.
Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro2 sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro2 sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro2 sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro3 sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro3 sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro3 sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer2 scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer2 scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer2 scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer2 offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer2 offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer2 offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer3 scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer3 scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer3 scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer3 offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer3 offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer3 offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Filter cutoff frequency for gyroscopes. This can be set to a lower value to try to cope with very high vibration levels in aircraft. A value of zero means no filtering (not recommended!)
Filter cutoff frequency for accelerometers. This can be set to a lower value to try to cope with very high vibration levels in aircraft. A value of zero means no filtering (not recommended!)
Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Use second IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Use third IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Threshold to tolerate vibration to determine if vehicle is motionless. This depends on the frame type and if there is a constant vibration due to motors before launch or after landing. Total motionless is about 0.05. Suggested values: Planes/rover use 0.1, multirotors use 1, tradHeli uses 5
Conrols when automatic gyro calibration is performed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Never |
1 | Start-up only |
Specifies how the accel cal routine determines the trims
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Don't adjust the trims |
1 | Assume first orientation was level |
2 | Assume ACC_BODYFIX is perfectly aligned to the vehicle |
The body-fixed accelerometer to be used for trim calculation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | IMU 1 |
2 | IMU 2 |
3 | IMU 3 |
X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
X position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Y position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Z position of the second IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
X position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Y position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Z position of the third IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Gyro2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Gyro3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Accelerometer2 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Accelerometer3 sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Mask of IMUs to enable fast sampling on, if available
Bitmask of IMUs to enable. It can be used to prevent startup of specific detected IMUs
Gyro rate for IMUs with fast sampling enabled. The gyro rate is the sample rate at which the IMU filters operate and needs to be at least double the maximum filter frequency. If the sensor does not support the selected rate the next highest supported rate will be used. For IMUs which do not support fast sampling this setting is ignored and the default gyro rate of 1Khz is used.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 1kHz |
1 | 2kHz |
2 | 4kHz |
3 | 8kHz |
Temperature that the 1st accelerometer was calibrated at
Temperature that the 1st gyroscope was calibrated at
Temperature that the 2nd accelerometer was calibrated at
Temperature that the 2nd gyroscope was calibrated at
Temperature that the 3rd accelerometer was calibrated at
Temperature that the 3rd gyroscope was calibrated at
This enables optional temperature calibration features. Setting of the Persist bits will save the temperature and/or accelerometer calibration parameters in the bootloader sector on the next update of the bootloader.
Raw logging options bitmask
Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Temperature that the accelerometer was calibrated at
Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Temperature that the gyroscope was calibrated at
Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | LearnCalibration |
The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for
The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
Use first IMU for attitude, velocity and position estimates
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Accelerometer sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Accelerometer scaling of X axis. Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Y axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer scaling of Z axis Calculated during acceleration calibration routine
Accelerometer offsets of X axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Y axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
Accelerometer offsets of Z axis. This is setup using the acceleration calibration or level operations
X position of the first IMU Accelerometer in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Y position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Z position of the first IMU accelerometer in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Attention: The IMU should be located as close to the vehicle c.g. as practical so that the value of this parameter is minimised. Failure to do so can result in noisy navigation velocity measurements due to vibration and IMU gyro noise. If the IMU cannot be moved and velocity noise is a problem, a location closer to the IMU can be used as the body frame origin.
Temperature that the accelerometer was calibrated at
Gyro sensor ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Gyro sensor offsets of X axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Y axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Gyro sensor offsets of Z axis. This is setup on each boot during gyro calibrations
Temperature that the gyroscope was calibrated at
Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | LearnCalibration |
The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for
The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
Harmonic Notch Filter enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).
Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.
Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.
Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.
A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.
Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based harmonic notch cannot be used on fixed wing only planes. It can for Copters, QuaadPlane(while in VTOL modes), and Rovers.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Fixed |
1 | Throttle |
2 | RPM Sensor |
3 | ESC Telemetry |
4 | Dynamic FFT |
5 | Second RPM Sensor |
Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.
The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.
Harmonic Notch Filter enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).
Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.
Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.
Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.
A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.
Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based harmonic notch cannot be used on fixed wing only planes. It can for Copters, QuaadPlane(while in VTOL modes), and Rovers.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Fixed |
1 | Throttle |
2 | RPM Sensor |
3 | ESC Telemetry |
4 | Dynamic FFT |
5 | Second RPM Sensor |
Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.
The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.
Harmonic Notch Filter enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).
Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.
Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.
Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.
A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.
Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based harmonic notch cannot be used on fixed wing only planes. It can for Copters, QuaadPlane(while in VTOL modes), and Rovers.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Fixed |
1 | Throttle |
2 | RPM Sensor |
3 | ESC Telemetry |
4 | Dynamic FFT |
5 | Second RPM Sensor |
Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.
The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.
Harmonic Notch Filter enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Harmonic Notch Filter base center frequency in Hz. This is the center frequency for static notches, the center frequency for Throttle based notches at the reference thrust value, and the minimum limit of center frequency variation for all other notch types. This should always be set lower than half the backend gyro rate (which is typically 1Khz).
Harmonic Notch Filter bandwidth in Hz. This is typically set to half the base frequency. The ratio of base frequency to bandwidth determines the notch quality factor and is fixed across harmonics.
Harmonic Notch Filter attenuation in dB. Values greater than 40dB will typically produce a hard notch rather than a modest attenuation of motor noise.
Bitmask of harmonic frequencies to apply Harmonic Notch Filter to. This option takes effect on the next reboot. A value of 0 disables this filter. The first harmonic refers to the base frequency.
A reference value of zero disables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter and a positive value enables dynamic updates on the Harmonic Notch Filter. For throttle-based scaling, this parameter is the reference value associated with the specified frequency to facilitate frequency scaling of the Harmonic Notch Filter. For RPM and ESC telemetry based tracking, this parameter is set to 1 to enable the Harmonic Notch Filter using the RPM sensor or ESC telemetry set to measure rotor speed. The sensor data is converted to Hz automatically for use in the Harmonic Notch Filter. This reference value may also be used to scale the sensor data, if required. For example, rpm sensor data is required to measure heli motor RPM. Therefore the reference value can be used to scale the RPM sensor to the rotor RPM.
Harmonic Notch Filter dynamic frequency tracking mode. Dynamic updates can be throttle, RPM sensor, ESC telemetry or dynamic FFT based. Throttle-based harmonic notch cannot be used on fixed wing only planes. It can for Copters, QuaadPlane(while in VTOL modes), and Rovers.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Fixed |
1 | Throttle |
2 | RPM Sensor |
3 | ESC Telemetry |
4 | Dynamic FFT |
5 | Second RPM Sensor |
Harmonic Notch Filter options. Triple and double-notches can provide deeper attenuation across a wider bandwidth with reduced latency than single notches and are suitable for larger aircraft. Multi-Source attaches a harmonic notch to each detected noise frequency instead of simply being multiples of the base frequency, in the case of FFT it will attach notches to each of three detected noise peaks, in the case of ESC it will attach notches to each of four motor RPM values. Loop rate update changes the notch center frequency at the scheduler loop rate rather than at the default of 200Hz. If both double and triple notches are specified only double notches will take effect.
The minimum ratio below the configured frequency to take throttle based notch filters when flying at a throttle level below the reference throttle. Note that lower frequency notch filters will have more phase lag. If you want throttle based notch filtering to be effective at a throttle up to 30% below the configured notch frequency then set this parameter to 0.7. The default of 1.0 means the notch will not go below the frequency in the FREQ parameter.
Number of samples to take when logging streams of IMU sensor readings. Will be rounded down to a multiple of 32. This option takes effect on the next reboot.
Bitmap of which IMUs to log batch data for. This option takes effect on the next reboot.
Options for the BatchSampler.
Interval between pushing samples to the AP_Logger log
Number of samples to push to count every INS_LOG_BAT_LGIN
Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | LearnCalibration |
The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for
The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | LearnCalibration |
The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for
The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
Enable the use of temperature calibration parameters for this IMU. For automatic learning set to 2 and also set the INS_TCALn_TMAX to the target temperature, then reboot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | LearnCalibration |
The minimum temperature that the calibration is valid for
The maximum temperature that the calibration is valid for. This must be at least 10 degrees above TMIN for calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 1st order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 2nd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
This is the 3rd order temperature coefficient from a temperature calibration
Sets the number of motor poles to calculate the correct RPM value
This parameter is used when using a rangefinder during landing for altitude correction from baro drift (RNGFND_LANDING=1) and the altitude correction indicates your altitude is lower than the intended slope path. This value is the threshold of the correction to re-calculate the landing approach slope. Set to zero to keep the original slope all the way down and any detected baro drift will be corrected by pitching/throttling up to snap back to resume the original slope path. Otherwise, when a rangefinder altitude correction exceeds this threshold it will trigger a slope re-calculate to give a shallower slope. This also smoothes out the approach when flying over objects such as trees. Recommend a value of 2m.
This parameter is used when using a rangefinder during landing for altitude correction from baro drift (RNGFND_LANDING=1) and the altitude correction indicates your actual altitude is higher than the intended slope path. Normally it would pitch down steeply but that can result in a crash with high airspeed so this allows remembering the baro offset and self-abort the landing and come around for another landing with the correct baro offset applied for a perfect slope. An auto-abort go-around will only happen once, next attempt will not auto-abort again. This operation happens entirely automatically in AUTO mode. This value is the delta degrees threshold to trigger the go-around compared to the original slope. Example: if set to 5 deg and the mission planned slope is 15 deg then if the new slope is 21 then it will go-around. Set to 0 to disable. Requires LAND_SLOPE_RCALC > 0.
Used in autoland to give the minimum pitch in the final stage of landing (after the flare). This parameter can be used to ensure that the final landing attitude is appropriate for the type of undercarriage on the aircraft. Note that it is a minimum pitch only - the landing code will control pitch above this value to try to achieve the configured landing sink rate.
Altitude in autoland at which to lock heading and flare to the LAND_PITCH_DEG pitch. Note that this option is secondary to LAND_FLARE_SEC. For a good landing it preferable that the flare is triggered by LAND_FLARE_SEC.
Vertical time before landing point at which to lock heading and flare with the motor stopped. This is vertical time, and is calculated based solely on the current height above the ground and the current descent rate. Set to 0 if you only wish to flare based on altitude (see LAND_FLARE_ALT).
Altitude to trigger pre-flare flight stage where LAND_PF_ARSPD controls airspeed. The pre-flare flight stage trigger works just like LAND_FLARE_ALT but higher. Disabled when LAND_PF_ARSPD is 0.
Vertical time to ground to trigger pre-flare flight stage where LAND_PF_ARSPD controls airspeed. This pre-flare flight stage trigger works just like LAND_FLARE_SEC but earlier. Disabled when LAND_PF_ARSPD is 0.
Desired airspeed during pre-flare flight stage. This is useful to reduce airspeed just before the flare. Use 0 to disable.
This parameter sets the slew rate for the throttle during auto landing. When this is zero the THR_SLEWRATE parameter is used during landing. The value is a percentage throttle change per second, so a value of 20 means to advance the throttle over 5 seconds on landing. Values below 50 are not recommended as it may cause a stall when airspeed is low and you can not throttle up fast enough.
After a landing has completed using a LAND waypoint, automatically disarm after this many seconds have passed. Use 0 to not disarm.
When enabled, after an autoland and auto-disarm via LAND_DISARMDELAY happens then set all servos to neutral. This is helpful when an aircraft has a rough landing upside down or a crazy angle causing the servos to strain.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Servos to Neutral |
2 | Servos to Zero PWM |
Allow a landing abort to trigger with an input throttle >= 90%. This works with or without stick-mixing enabled.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The amount of flaps (as a percentage) to apply in the landing approach and flare of an automatic landing
Bitmask of options to use with landing.
This parameter controls how much the aim point is moved to allow for the time spent in the flare manoeuvre. When set to 100% the aim point is adjusted on the assumption that the flare sink rate controller instantly achieves the sink rate set by TECS_LAND_SINK. when set to 0%, no aim point adjustment is made. If the plane consistently touches down short of the aim point reduce the parameter and vice verse.
This param controls how much headwind compensation is used when landing. Headwind speed component multiplied by this parameter is added to TECS_LAND_ARSPD command. Set to Zero to disable. Note: The target landing airspeed command is still limited to AIRSPEED_MAX.
Specifies the auto-landing type to use
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Standard Glide Slope |
1 | Deepstall |
The forward velocity of the aircraft while stalled
The a component of distance = a*wind + b
The a component of distance = a*wind + b
The horizontal distance from which the aircraft will approach before the stall
The downward velocity of the aircraft while stalled
The speed at which the elevator slews to deepstall
The PWM value in microseconds for the elevator at full deflection in deepstall
The maximum aispeed where the deepstall steering controller is allowed to have control
Deepstall lowest airspeed where the deepstall controller isn't allowed full control
Deepstall L1 navigational controller period
Deepstall L1 integratior gain
The yaw rate limit while navigating in deepstall
Time constant for deepstall L1 control
P gain
I gain
D gain
Maximum integrator value
The minimum altitude which the aircraft must be above to abort a deepstall landing
A scalar to reduce or increase the aileron control
Enable landing gear control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Landing Gear Startup behaviour control
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | WaitForPilotInput |
1 | Retract |
2 | Deploy |
Pin number to use for detection of gear deployment. If set to -1 feedback is disabled. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the pin should be high when gear are deployed. If set to 0 then then deployed gear level is low.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low |
1 | High |
Pin number to use for feedback of weight on wheels condition. If set to -1 feedback is disabled. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Polarity for feedback pin. If this is 1 then the pin should be high when there is weight on wheels. If set to 0 then then weight on wheels level is low.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low |
1 | High |
Altitude where the landing gear will be deployed. This should be lower than the RETRACT_ALT. If zero then altitude is not used for deploying landing gear. Only applies when vehicle is armed.
Altitude where the landing gear will be retracted. This should be higher than the DEPLOY_ALT. If zero then altitude is not used for retracting landing gear. Only applies when vehicle is armed.
Options to retract or deploy landing gear in Auto, Takeoff and Autoland modes
Bitmap of what Logger backend types to enable. Block-based logging is available on SITL and boards with dataflash chips. Multiple backends can be selected.
The File and Block backends use a buffer to store data before writing to the block device. Raising this value may reduce "gaps" in your SD card logging but increases memory usage. This buffer size may be reduced to free up available memory
If LOG_DISARMED is set to 1 then logging will be enabled at all times including when disarmed. Logging before arming can make for very large logfiles but can help a lot when tracking down startup issues and is necessary if logging of EKF replay data is selected via the LOG_REPLAY parameter. If LOG_DISARMED is set to 2, then logging will be enabled when disarmed, but not if a USB connection is detected. This can be used to prevent unwanted data logs being generated when the vehicle is connected via USB for log downloading or parameter changes. If LOG_DISARMED is set to 3 then logging will happen while disarmed, but if the vehicle never arms then the logs using the filesystem backend will be discarded on the next boot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | Disabled on USB connection |
3 | Discard log on reboot if never armed |
If LOG_REPLAY is set to 1 then the EKF2 and EKF3 state estimators will log detailed information needed for diagnosing problems with the Kalman filter. LOG_DISARMED must be set to 1 or 2 or else the log will not contain the pre-flight data required for replay testing of the EKF's. It is suggested that you also raise LOG_FILE_BUFSIZE to give more buffer space for logging and use a high quality microSD card to ensure no sensor data is lost.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
When set, the current log file is closed when the vehicle is disarmed. If LOG_DISARMED is set then a fresh log will be opened. Applies to the File and Block logging backends.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Maximum amount of memory to allocate to AP_Logger-over-mavlink
This controls the amount of time before failing writes to a log file cause the file to be closed and logging stopped.
Set this such that the free space is larger than your largest typical flight log
This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the file backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.
This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the mavlink backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.
This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to the block backend. A value of zero means that rate limiting is disabled.
This sets the maximum rate that streaming log messages will be logged to any backend when disarmed. A value of zero means that the normal backend rate limit is applied.
This sets the maximum number of log file that will be written on dataflash or sd card before starting to rotate log number. Limit is capped at 500 logs.
Allows setting an individual MAVLink system id for this vehicle to distinguish it from others on the same network.
This sets what MAVLink source system IDs are accepted for GCS failsafe handling, RC overrides and manual control. When MAV_GCS_SYSID_HI is less than MAV_GCS_SYSID then only this value is considered to be a GCS. When MAV_GCS_SYSID_HI is greater than or equal to MAV_GCS_SYSID then the range of values between MAV_GCS_SYSID and MAV_GCS_SYSID_HI (inclusive) are all treated as valid GCS MAVLink system IDs
Upper limit of MAVLink source system IDs considered to be from the GCS. When this is less than MAV_GCS_SYSID then only MAV_GCS_SYSID is used as GCS ID. When this is greater than or equal to MAV_GCS_SYSID then the range of values from MAV_GCS_SYSID to MAV_GCS_SYSID_HI (inclusive) is treated as a GCS ID.
Alters various behaviour of the MAVLink interface
The amount of time (in seconds) to delay radio telemetry to prevent an Xbee bricking on power up
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
MAVLink Stream rate of RAW_IMU, SCALED_IMU2, SCALED_IMU3, SCALED_PRESSURE, SCALED_PRESSURE2, SCALED_PRESSURE3 and AIRSPEED
MAVLink Stream rate of SYS_STATUS, POWER_STATUS, MCU_STATUS, MEMINFO, CURRENT_WAYPOINT, GPS_RAW_INT, GPS_RTK (if available), GPS2_RAW_INT (if available), GPS2_RTK (if available), NAV_CONTROLLER_OUTPUT, FENCE_STATUS, and GLOBAL_TARGET_POS_INT
MAVLink Stream rate of SERVO_OUTPUT_RAW and RC_CHANNELS
MAVLink Raw Control stream rate of SERVO_OUT
MAVLink Stream rate of GLOBAL_POSITION_INT and LOCAL_POSITION_NED
MAVLink Stream rate of ATTITUDE, SIMSTATE (SIM only), AHRS2, RPM, AOA_SSA, LANDING,ESC_TELEMETRY,EFI_STATUS, and PID_TUNING
MAVLink Stream rate of VFR_HUD
MAVLink Stream rate of AHRS, SYSTEM_TIME, WIND, RANGEFINDER, DISTANCE_SENSOR, TERRAIN_REQUEST, TERRAIN_REPORT, BATTERY2, GIMBAL_DEVICE_ATTITUDE_STATUS, OPTICAL_FLOW, MAG_CAL_REPORT, MAG_CAL_PROGRESS, EKF_STATUS_REPORT, VIBRATION, and BATTERY_STATUS
MAVLink Stream rate of PARAM_VALUE
MAVLink ADSB stream rate
Bitmask for configuring this telemetry channel. For having effect on all channels, set the relevant mask in all MAVx_OPTIONS parameters. Keep in mind that part of the flags may require a reboot to take action.
The number of mission mission items that has been loaded by the ground station. Do not change this manually.
Controls mission starting point when entering Auto mode (either restart from beginning of mission or resume from last command run)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Resume Mission |
1 | Restart Mission |
Bitmask of what options to use in missions. If the DontZeroCounter counter option is set than on completion of a jump loop the counter is left at zero, so the jump will not happen again if the loop is re-entered.
Mount Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Servo |
2 | 3DR Solo |
3 | Alexmos Serial |
4 | SToRM32 MAVLink |
5 | SToRM32 Serial |
6 | Gremsy |
7 | BrushlessPWM |
8 | Siyi |
9 | Scripting |
10 | Xacti |
11 | Viewpro |
12 | Topotek |
13 | CADDX |
14 | XFRobot |
Mount default operating mode on startup and after control is returned from autopilot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Retracted |
1 | Neutral |
2 | MavLink Targeting |
3 | RC Targeting |
4 | GPS Point |
5 | SysID Target |
6 | Home Location |
Pilot rate control's maximum rate. Set to zero to use angle control
Mount Roll angle minimum
Mount Roll angle maximum
Mount Pitch angle minimum
Mount Pitch angle maximum
Mount Yaw angle minimum
Mount Yaw angle maximum
Mount roll angle when in retracted position
Mount pitch angle when in retracted position
Mount yaw angle when in retracted position
Mount roll angle when in neutral position
Mount pitch angle when in neutral position
Mount yaw angle when in neutral position
Servo mount roll angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current roll rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot
Servo mount pitch angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current pitch rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot
Default Target sysID for the mount to point to
Mount device ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Mount options bitmask
Mount Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Servo |
2 | 3DR Solo |
3 | Alexmos Serial |
4 | SToRM32 MAVLink |
5 | SToRM32 Serial |
6 | Gremsy |
7 | BrushlessPWM |
8 | Siyi |
9 | Scripting |
10 | Xacti |
11 | Viewpro |
12 | Topotek |
13 | CADDX |
14 | XFRobot |
Mount default operating mode on startup and after control is returned from autopilot
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Retracted |
1 | Neutral |
2 | MavLink Targeting |
3 | RC Targeting |
4 | GPS Point |
5 | SysID Target |
6 | Home Location |
Pilot rate control's maximum rate. Set to zero to use angle control
Mount Roll angle minimum
Mount Roll angle maximum
Mount Pitch angle minimum
Mount Pitch angle maximum
Mount Yaw angle minimum
Mount Yaw angle maximum
Mount roll angle when in retracted position
Mount pitch angle when in retracted position
Mount yaw angle when in retracted position
Mount roll angle when in neutral position
Mount pitch angle when in neutral position
Mount yaw angle when in neutral position
Servo mount roll angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current roll rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot
Servo mount pitch angle output leads the vehicle angle by this amount of time based on current pitch rate. Increase until the servo is responsive but does not overshoot
Default Target sysID for the mount to point to
Mount device ID, taking into account its type, bus and instance
Mount options bitmask
Used for average cell voltage calculation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Auto |
1 | 1 |
2 | 2 |
3 | 3 |
4 | 4 |
5 | 5 |
6 | 6 |
7 | 7 |
8 | 8 |
9 | 9 |
10 | 10 |
11 | 11 |
12 | 12 |
13 | 13 |
14 | 14 |
A bitmask to set some MSP specific options: EnableTelemetryMode-allows "push" mode telemetry when only rx line of OSD ic connected to autopilot, EnableBTFLFonts-uses indexes corresponding to Betaflight fonts if OSD uses those instead of ArduPilot fonts. EnableINAVFonts uses INAV fonts and overrides EnableBTFLFonts if that option is enabled.
Period in seconds of L1 tracking loop. This parameter is the primary control for aggressiveness of turns in auto mode. This needs to be larger for less responsive airframes. The default is quite conservative, but for most RC aircraft will lead to reasonable flight. For smaller more agile aircraft a value closer to 15 is appropriate, or even as low as 10 for some very agile aircraft. When tuning, change this value in small increments, as a value that is much too small (say 5 or 10 below the right value) can lead to very radical turns, and a risk of stalling.
Damping ratio for L1 control. Increase this in increments of 0.05 if you are getting overshoot in path tracking. You should not need a value below 0.7 or above 0.85.
Crosstrack error integrator gain. This gain is applied to the crosstrack error to ensure it converges to zero. Set to zero to disable. Smaller values converge slower, higher values will cause crosstrack error oscillation.
The sealevel bank angle limit for a continuous loiter. (Used to calculate airframe loading limits at higher altitudes). Setting to 0, will instead just scale the loiter radius directly
Networking Enable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Allows setting static subnet mask. The value is a count of consecutive bits. Examples: 24 = 255.255.255.0, 16 = 255.255.0.0
Enable/Disable DHCP client
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Enable/Disable networking tests
Networking options
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
MAC address 1st byte
MAC address 2nd byte
MAC address 3rd byte
MAC address 4th byte
MAC address 5th byte
MAC address 6th byte
Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | UDP client |
2 | UDP server |
3 | TCP client |
4 | TCP server |
Networked serial port protocol
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Port number
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | UDP client |
2 | UDP server |
3 | TCP client |
4 | TCP server |
Networked serial port protocol
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Port number
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | UDP client |
2 | UDP server |
3 | TCP client |
4 | TCP server |
Networked serial port protocol
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Port number
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
Port type for network serial port. For the two client types a valid destination IP address must be set. For the two server types either 0.0.0.0 or a local address can be used. The UDP client type will use broadcast if the IP is set to 255.255.255.255 and will use UDP multicast if the IP is in the multicast address range.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | UDP client |
2 | UDP server |
3 | TCP client |
4 | TCP server |
Networked serial port protocol
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Port number
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
IPv4 address. Example: 192.xxx.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.168.xxx.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.144.xxx
IPv4 address. Example: xxx.xxx.xxx.14
NMEA Output rate. This controls the interval at which all the enabled NMEA messages are sent. Most NMEA systems expect 100ms (10Hz) or slower.
This is a bitmask of enabled NMEA messages. All messages will be sent consecutively at the same rate interval
Select the RGB LED brightness level. When USB is connected brightness will never be higher than low regardless of the setting.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | Low |
2 | Medium |
3 | High |
Controls what types of Buzzer will be enabled
Specifies the source for the colours and brightness for the LED. OutbackChallenge conforms to the MedicalExpress (https://uavchallenge.org/medical-express/) rules, essentially "Green" is disarmed (safe-to-approach), "Red" is armed (not safe-to-approach). Traffic light is a simplified color set, red when armed, yellow when the safety switch is not surpressing outputs (but disarmed), and green when outputs are surpressed and disarmed, the LED will blink faster if disarmed and failing arming checks.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Standard |
1 | MAVLink/Scripting/AP_Periph |
2 | OutbackChallenge |
3 | TrafficLight |
This sets up the type of on-board I2C display. Disabled by default.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | ssd1306 |
2 | sh1106 |
10 | SITL |
Enable/Disable Solo Oreo LED driver, 0 to disable, 1 for Aircraft theme, 2 for Rover theme
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Aircraft |
2 | Rover |
Enables to connect active buzzer to arbitrary pin. Requires 3-pin buzzer or additional MOSFET! Some the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
Controls what types of LEDs will be enabled
Specifies pin level that indicates buzzer should play
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | LowIsOn |
1 | HighIsOn |
Control the volume of the buzzer
The number of Serial LED's to use for notifications (NeoPixel's and ProfiLED)
OSD type. TXONLY makes the OSD parameter selection available to other modules even if there is no native OSD support on the board, for instance CRSF.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MAX7456 |
2 | SITL |
3 | MSP |
4 | TXONLY |
5 | MSP_DISPLAYPORT |
This sets the channel used to switch different OSD screens.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
5 | Chan5 |
6 | Chan6 |
7 | Chan7 |
8 | Chan8 |
9 | Chan9 |
10 | Chan10 |
11 | Chan11 |
12 | Chan12 |
13 | Chan13 |
14 | Chan14 |
15 | Chan15 |
16 | Chan16 |
This sets the method used to switch different OSD screens.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | switch to next screen if channel value was changed |
1 | select screen based on pwm ranges specified for each screen |
2 | switch to next screen after low to high transition and every 1s while channel value is high |
This sets options that change the display
This sets which OSD font to use. It is an integer from 0 to the number of fonts available
Sets vertical offset of the osd inside image
Sets horizontal offset of the osd inside image
Set level at which RSSI item will flash (in positive % or negative dBm values as applicable). 30% or -100dBm are defaults.
Set level at which NSAT item will flash
Set level at which BAT_VOLT item will flash
Sets the units to use in displaying items
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Metric |
1 | Imperial |
2 | SI |
3 | Aviation |
Sets message duration seconds
Screen to be shown on Arm event. Zero to disable the feature.
Screen to be shown on disarm event. Zero to disable the feature.
Screen to be shown on failsafe event. Zero to disable the feature.
Debounce time in ms for stick commanded parameter navigation.
Set level below which TER_HGT item will flash. -1 disables.
Set level at which AVGCELLV item will flash
Used for average cell voltage display. -1 disables, 0 uses cell count autodetection for well charged LIPO/LIION batteries at connection, other values manually select cell count used.
Set level at which RESTVOLT item will flash
Set level at which ACRVOLT item will flash
Set level at which RC_LQ item will flash (%)
Set level at which RC_SNR item will flash (in db)
Extends the spacing between the sidebar elements by this amount of columns. Positive values increases the width to the right of the screen.
Increase of vertical length of the sidebar itens by this amount of lines. Applied equally both above and below the default setting.
OSD type 2. TXONLY makes the OSD parameter selection available to other modules even if there is no native OSD support on the board, for instance CRSF.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MAX7456 |
2 | SITL |
3 | MSP |
4 | TXONLY |
5 | MSP_DISPLAYPORT |
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Enables display of altitude AGL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC signal strength
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays primary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays number of acquired satellites
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight mode
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Mavlink messages
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS ground speed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays distance and relative direction to HOME
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays heading
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays actual throttle percentage being sent to motor(s)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Enables display of compass rose
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays wind speed and relative direction, on Rover this is the apparent wind speed and direction from the windvane, if fitted
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed value being used by TECS (fused value)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest temp of all active ESCs, or of a specific ECS if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current of the ESC with the highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS latitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS longitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of roll from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of pitch from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Horizontal Dilution Of Position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays bearing and distance to next waypoint
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays crosstrack error
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total distance flown
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight stats
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total flight time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb efficiency (climb rate/current)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight efficiency (mAh/km or /mi)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by secondary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery2 voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays secondary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from secondary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a clock panel based on AP_RTC local time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon side bars
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon crosshair (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays distance from HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays relative direction to HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays power (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery usage bar (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays arming status (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays pluscode (OLC) element
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays callsign from callsign.txt on microSD card
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays 2nd battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays VTX Power
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Height above terrain
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery resting voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays indication of fence enable and breach
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a rangefinder's distance in cm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays resting voltage for the average cell. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main rotor revs/min
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Receiver link quality
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Sets the overlay text resolution for this screen to either SD 30x16 or HD 50x18/60x22 (MSP DisplayPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 30x16 |
1 | 50x18 |
2 | 60x22 |
Sets the font index for this screen (MSP DisplayPort only)
Displays the RC link transmit (TX) power in mW or W, depending on level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal strength in dBm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal to noise ratio in dB
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current RC link active antenna
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the RC link quality (uplink, 0 to 100%) and also RF mode if bit 7 of OSD_OPTIONS is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Index of the ESC to use for displaying ESC information. 0 means use the ESC with the highest value.
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Enables display of altitude AGL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC signal strength
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays primary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays number of acquired satellites
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight mode
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Mavlink messages
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS ground speed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays distance and relative direction to HOME
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays heading
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays actual throttle percentage being sent to motor(s)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Enables display of compass rose
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays wind speed and relative direction, on Rover this is the apparent wind speed and direction from the windvane, if fitted
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed value being used by TECS (fused value)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest temp of all active ESCs, or of a specific ECS if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current of the ESC with the highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS latitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS longitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of roll from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of pitch from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Horizontal Dilution Of Position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays bearing and distance to next waypoint
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays crosstrack error
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total distance flown
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight stats
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total flight time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb efficiency (climb rate/current)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight efficiency (mAh/km or /mi)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by secondary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery2 voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays secondary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from secondary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a clock panel based on AP_RTC local time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon side bars
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon crosshair (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays distance from HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays relative direction to HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays power (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery usage bar (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays arming status (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays pluscode (OLC) element
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays callsign from callsign.txt on microSD card
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays 2nd battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays VTX Power
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Height above terrain
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery resting voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays indication of fence enable and breach
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a rangefinder's distance in cm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays resting voltage for the average cell. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main rotor revs/min
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Receiver link quality
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Sets the overlay text resolution for this screen to either SD 30x16 or HD 50x18/60x22 (MSP DisplayPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 30x16 |
1 | 50x18 |
2 | 60x22 |
Sets the font index for this screen (MSP DisplayPort only)
Displays the RC link transmit (TX) power in mW or W, depending on level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal strength in dBm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal to noise ratio in dB
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current RC link active antenna
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the RC link quality (uplink, 0 to 100%) and also RF mode if bit 7 of OSD_OPTIONS is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Index of the ESC to use for displaying ESC information. 0 means use the ESC with the highest value.
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Enables display of altitude AGL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC signal strength
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays primary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays number of acquired satellites
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight mode
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Mavlink messages
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS ground speed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays distance and relative direction to HOME
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays heading
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays actual throttle percentage being sent to motor(s)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Enables display of compass rose
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays wind speed and relative direction, on Rover this is the apparent wind speed and direction from the windvane, if fitted
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed value being used by TECS (fused value)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest temp of all active ESCs, or of a specific ECS if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current of the ESC with the highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS latitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS longitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of roll from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of pitch from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Horizontal Dilution Of Position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays bearing and distance to next waypoint
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays crosstrack error
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total distance flown
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight stats
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total flight time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb efficiency (climb rate/current)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight efficiency (mAh/km or /mi)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by secondary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery2 voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays secondary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from secondary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a clock panel based on AP_RTC local time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon side bars
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon crosshair (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays distance from HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays relative direction to HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays power (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery usage bar (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays arming status (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays pluscode (OLC) element
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays callsign from callsign.txt on microSD card
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays 2nd battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays VTX Power
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Height above terrain
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery resting voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays indication of fence enable and breach
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a rangefinder's distance in cm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays resting voltage for the average cell. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main rotor revs/min
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Receiver link quality
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Sets the overlay text resolution for this screen to either SD 30x16 or HD 50x18/60x22 (MSP DisplayPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 30x16 |
1 | 50x18 |
2 | 60x22 |
Sets the font index for this screen (MSP DisplayPort only)
Displays the RC link transmit (TX) power in mW or W, depending on level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal strength in dBm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal to noise ratio in dB
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current RC link active antenna
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the RC link quality (uplink, 0 to 100%) and also RF mode if bit 7 of OSD_OPTIONS is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Index of the ESC to use for displaying ESC information. 0 means use the ESC with the highest value.
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Enables display of altitude AGL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC signal strength
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays primary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays number of acquired satellites
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight mode
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Mavlink messages
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS ground speed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays distance and relative direction to HOME
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays heading
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays actual throttle percentage being sent to motor(s)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Enables display of compass rose
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays wind speed and relative direction, on Rover this is the apparent wind speed and direction from the windvane, if fitted
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed value being used by TECS (fused value)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest temp of all active ESCs, or of a specific ECS if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current of the ESC with the highest rpm of all active ESCs, or of a specific ESC if OSDx_ESC_IDX is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS latitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays GPS longitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of roll from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays degrees of pitch from level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Horizontal Dilution Of Position
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays bearing and distance to next waypoint
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays crosstrack error
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total distance flown
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight stats
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays total flight time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays climb efficiency (climb rate/current)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays flight efficiency (mAh/km or /mi)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by secondary barometer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays temperature reported by primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery2 voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays secondary battery mAh consumed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from secondary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays airspeed reported directly from primary airspeed sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a clock panel based on AP_RTC local time
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon side bars
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays artificial horizon crosshair (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays distance from HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Vertical position on screen (MSP OSD only)
Displays relative direction to HOME (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays power (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays battery usage bar (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays arming status (MSP OSD only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays pluscode (OLC) element
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays callsign from callsign.txt on microSD card
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays 2nd battery current
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays VTX Power
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Height above terrain
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays average cell voltage. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main battery resting voltage
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays indication of fence enable and breach
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays a rangefinder's distance in cm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays resting voltage for the average cell. WARNING: this can be inaccurate if the cell count is not detected or set properly. If the the battery is far from fully charged the detected cell count might not be accurate if auto cell count detection is used (OSD_CELL_COUNT=0).
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays main rotor revs/min
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays Receiver link quality
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Sets the overlay text resolution for this screen to either SD 30x16 or HD 50x18/60x22 (MSP DisplayPort only)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 30x16 |
1 | 50x18 |
2 | 60x22 |
Sets the font index for this screen (MSP DisplayPort only)
Displays the RC link transmit (TX) power in mW or W, depending on level
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal strength in dBm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays RC link signal to noise ratio in dB
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the current RC link active antenna
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Displays the RC link quality (uplink, 0 to 100%) and also RF mode if bit 7 of OSD_OPTIONS is set
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Index of the ESC to use for displaying ESC information. 0 means use the ESC with the highest value.
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Horizontal position of Save button on screen
Vertical position of Save button on screen
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable this screen
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This sets the PWM lower limit for this screen
This sets the PWM upper limit for this screen
Horizontal position of Save button on screen
Vertical position of Save button on screen
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Enable setting
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Horizontal position on screen
Vertical position on screen
Key of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Index of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Group of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Minimum value of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Maximum of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Increment of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Type of the parameter to be displayed and modified
Precision Land enabled/disabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Precision Land Type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MAVLink |
2 | IRLock |
3 | SITL_Gazebo |
4 | SITL |
Yaw angle from body x-axis to sensor x-axis.
Desired landing position of the camera forward of the target in vehicle body frame
desired landing position of the camera right of the target in vehicle body frame
Specifies the estimation method to be used
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | RawSensor |
1 | KalmanFilter |
Kalman Filter Accelerometer Noise, higher values weight the input from the camera more, accels less
X position of the camera in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin.
Y position of the camera in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin.
Z position of the camera in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin.
Precland sensor bus for I2C sensors.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | DefaultBus |
0 | InternalI2C |
1 | ExternalI2C |
Precision Landing sensor lag, to cope with variable landing_target latency
The vehicle will not start descending if the landing target is detected and it is further than this many meters away. Set 0 to always descend.
How strictly should the vehicle land on the target if target is lost
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Land Vertically (Not strict) |
1 | Retry Landing(Normal Strictness) |
2 | Do not land (just Hover) (Very Strict) |
PrecLand Maximum number of retires for a failed landing. Set to zero to disable landing retry.
Time for which vehicle continues descend even if target is lost. After this time period, vehicle will attempt a landing retry depending on PLND_STRICT parameter.
Prec Land will do the action selected by this parameter if a retry to a landing is needed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Go to the last location where landing target was detected |
1 | Go towards the approximate location of the detected landing target |
Vehicle will continue landing vertically even if target is lost below this height. This needs a rangefinder to work. Set to zero to disable this.
Vehicle will continue landing vertically until this height if target is not found. Below this height if landing target is not found, landing retry/failsafe might be attempted. This needs a rangefinder to work. Set to zero to disable this.
Precision Landing Extra Options
Orientation of camera/sensor on body
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
4 | Back |
25 | Down |
Time constant in seconds from demanded to achieved pitch angle. Most models respond well to 0.5. May be reduced for faster responses, but setting lower than a model can achieve will not help.
This sets the maximum nose up pitch rate that the attitude controller will demand (degrees/sec) in angle stabilized modes. Setting it to zero disables the limit.
This sets the maximum nose down pitch rate that the attitude controller will demand (degrees/sec) in angle stabilized modes. Setting it to zero disables the limit.
Gain added to pitch to keep aircraft from descending or ascending in turns. Increase in increments of 0.05 to reduce altitude loss. Decrease for altitude gain.
Pitch axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate
Pitch axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate
Pitch axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Pitch axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate
Pitch axis rate controller feed forward
Pitch axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Pitch axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Pitch axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Pitch axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Pitch Target notch filter index
Pitch Error notch filter index
Enable pullup after altitude wait
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Elevator deflection offset from -1 to 1 while waiting for airspeed to rise before starting close loop control of the pullup.
This is the nominal maximum value of normal load factor used during the closed loop pitch rate control of the pullup.
The normal load factor used for closed loop pitch rate control of the pullup will be ramped up to the value set by PUP_NG_LIM at the rate of change set by this parameter. The parameter value specified will be scaled internally by 1/EAS2TAS.
The vehicle will attempt achieve this pitch angle during the pull-up maneouvre.
Target airspeed for initial airspeed wait
Target pitch for initial pullup
Enable quicktune system
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Axes to tune
Time to double a tuning parameter. Raise this for a slower tune.
Reduction in gain after oscillation detected. Raise this number to get a more conservative tune
Threshold for oscillation detection. A lower value will lead to a more conservative tune.
Maximum value for yaw P gain
Maximum value for yaw D gain
Ratio between P and I gains for roll and pitch. Raise this to get a lower I gain
Ratio between P and I gains for yaw. Raise this to get a lower I gain
When enabled the PID filter settings are automatically set based on INS_GYRO_FILTER
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Number of seconds after completion of tune to auto-save. This is useful when using a 2 position switch for quicktune. Zero (the default value) disables automatic saving, and you will need to have a 3 position switch to save or use GCS auxilliary functions.
This controls how much quicktune is allowed to lower gains from the original gains. If the vehicle already has a reasonable tune and is not oscillating then you can set this to zero to prevent gain reductions. The default of 20% is reasonable for most vehicles. Using a maximum gain reduction lowers the chance of an angle P oscillation happening if quicktune gets a false positive oscillation at a low gain, which can result in very low rate gains and a dangerous angle P oscillation.
Additional options. When the Two Position Switch option is enabled then a high switch position will start the tune, low will disable the tune. you should also set a QUIK_AUTO_SAVE time so that you will be able to save the tune.
If while tuning the angle error goes over this limit then the tune will aborts to prevent a bad oscillation in the case of the tuning algorithm failing. If you get an error "Quicktune: attitude error ABORTING" and you think it is a false positive then you can either raise this parameter or you can try increasing the QWIK_DOUBLE_TIME to do the tune more slowly.
This enables QuadPlane functionality, assuming multicopter motors start on output 5. If this is set to 2 then when starting AUTO mode it will initially be in VTOL AUTO mode.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
2 | Enable VTOL AUTO |
Maximum lean angle in all VTOL flight modes
Transition time in milliseconds after minimum airspeed is reached
The maximum ascending vertical velocity the pilot may request in m/s
The maximum vertical velocity the pilot may request in m/s going down. If 0, uses Q_PILOT_SPD_UP value.
The vertical acceleration used when pilot is controlling the altitude
This is the PWM refresh rate in Hz for QuadPlane quad motors
This is the speed below which the quad motors will provide stability and lift assistance in fixed wing modes. The default value of 0 disables assistance but will generate a pre-arm failure to encourage users to set this parameter to -1, or a positive, non-zero value. If this is set to -1 then all Q_ASSIST features are disabled except during transitions. A high non-zero,positive value will lead to more false positives which can waste battery. A lower value will result in less false positive, but will result in assistance taking longer to trigger. If unsure then set to 3 m/s below the minimum airspeed you will fly at. If you don't have an airspeed sensor then use 5 m/s below the minimum airspeed you fly at.
This is the maximum yaw rate for pilot input on rudder stick in degrees/second
The descent speed for the final stage of landing in m/s
The altitude at which we should switch to Q_LAND_SPEED descent rate
Maximum pitch during transition to auto fixed wing flight
Controls major frame class for multicopter component
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Undefined |
1 | Quad |
2 | Hexa |
3 | Octa |
4 | OctaQuad |
5 | Y6 |
7 | Tri |
10 | Single/Dual |
12 | DodecaHexa |
14 | Deca |
15 | Scripting Matrix |
17 | Dynamic Scripting Matrix |
Controls motor mixing for multicopter component
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Plus |
1 | X |
2 | V |
3 | H |
4 | V-Tail |
5 | A-Tail |
10 | Y6B |
11 | Y6F |
12 | BetaFlightX |
13 | DJIX |
14 | ClockwiseX |
15 | I |
16 | MOTOR_FRAME_TYPE_NYT_PLUS |
17 | MOTOR_FRAME_TYPE_NYT_X |
18 | BetaFlightXReversed |
19 | Y4 |
The use of this parameter is no longer recommended and has been superseded by a method that works in all VTOL modes with the exception of QAUTOTUNE which is controlled by the Q_FWD_THR_USE parameter. This Q_VFD_GAIN parameter controls use of the forward motor in VTOL modes that use the velocity controller. Set to 0 to disable this function. A value of 0.05 is a good place to start if you want to use the forward motor for position control. No forward motor will be used in QSTABILIZE or QHOVER modes. Use with QLOITER for position hold with the forward motor.
The altitude which QRTL mode heads to initially
If this is set to 1 then an RTL will change to QRTL when within RTL_RADIUS meters of the RTL destination, VTOL approach: vehicle will RTL at RTL alt and circle with a radius of Q_FW_LND_APR_RAD down to Q_RTL_ALT and then transition into the wind and QRTL, see 'AUTO VTOL Landing', QRTL Always: do a QRTL instead of RTL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
2 | VTOL approach |
3 | QRTL Always |
This enables use of VTOL in guided mode. When enabled the aircraft will switch to VTOL flight when the guided destination is reached and hover at the destination.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is used to calibrate the throttle range of the VTOL motors. Please read https://ardupilot.org/plane/docs/quadplane-esc-calibration.html before using. This parameter is automatically set back to 0 on every boot. This parameter only takes effect in QSTABILIZE mode. When set to 1 the output of all motors will come directly from the throttle stick when armed, and will be zero when disarmed. When set to 2 the output of all motors will be maximum when armed and zero when disarmed. Make sure you remove all properllers before using.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ThrottleInput |
2 | FullInput |
Controls altitude to disable forward velocity assist when below this relative altitude. This is useful to keep the forward velocity propeller from hitting the ground. Rangefinder height data is incorporated when available.
This controls stopping an internal combustion engine in the final landing stage of a VTOL. This is important for aircraft where the forward thrust engine may experience prop-strike if left running during landing. This requires the engine controls are enabled using the ICE_* parameters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
This is the angular error in attitude beyond which the quadplane VTOL motors will provide stability assistance. This will only be used if Q_ASSIST_SPEED is also positive and non-zero. Assistance will be given if the attitude is outside the normal attitude limits by at least 5 degrees and the angular error in roll or pitch is greater than this angle for at least Q_ASSIST_DELAY seconds. Set to zero to disable angle assistance.
Options for special QAssist features
This controls the mavlink type given in HEARTBEAT messages. For some GCS types a particular setting will be needed for correct operation.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | AUTO |
1 | FIXED_WING |
2 | QUADROTOR |
3 | COAXIAL |
4 | HELICOPTER |
7 | AIRSHIP |
8 | FREE_BALLOON |
9 | ROCKET |
10 | GROUND_ROVER |
11 | SURFACE_BOAT |
12 | SUBMARINE |
16 | FLAPPING_WING |
17 | KITE |
19 | VTOL_DUOROTOR |
20 | VTOL_QUADROTOR |
21 | VTOL_TILTROTOR |
See description for each bitmask bit description
This is deceleration rate that will be used in calculating the stopping distance when transitioning from fixed wing flight to multicopter flight.
This sets the compensation for the pitch angle trim difference between calibrated AHRS level and vertical flight pitch. NOTE! this is relative to calibrated AHRS trim, not forward flight trim which includes PTCH_TRIM_DEG. For tailsitters, this is relative to a baseline of 90 degrees in AHRS.
This provides the radius used, when using a fixed wing landing approach. If set to 0 then the WP_LOITER_RAD will be selected.
Maximum time allowed for forward transitions, exceeding this time will cancel the transition and the aircraft will immediately change to the mode set by Q_TRANS_FAIL_ACT or finish the transition depending on Q_OPTIONS bit 19. 0 for no limit.
Amount of curvature in throttle curve: 0 is linear, 1 is cubic
The maximum roll rate at full stick deflection in QACRO mode
The maximum pitch rate at full stick deflection in QACRO mode
The maximum yaw rate at full stick deflection in QACRO mode
Scalar for how long past the expected takeoff time a takeoff should be considered as failed and the vehicle will switch to QLAND. If set to 0 there is no limit on takeoff time.
Airspeed limit during takeoff. If the airspeed exceeds this level the vehicle will switch to QLAND. This is useful for ensuring that you don't takeoff into excessively strong wind. If set to 0 there is no limit on airspeed during takeoff.
This is the altitude below which quadplane assistance will be triggered. This acts the same way as Q_ASSIST_ANGLE and Q_ASSIST_SPEED, but triggers if the aircraft drops below the given altitude while the VTOL motors are not running. A value of zero disables this feature. The altitude is calculated as being above ground level. The height above ground is given from a Lidar used if available and RNGFND_LANDING=1. Otherwise it comes from terrain data if TERRAIN_FOLLOW=1 and comes from height above home otherwise.
This is delay between the assistance thresholds being met and the assistance starting.
Maximum value for manual forward throttle; used with RC option FWD_THR (209)
Pitch angle will increase from 0 to angle max over this duration when switching into VTOL flight in a position control mode. 0 Disables.
This sets the mode that is changed to when Q_TRANS_FAIL time elapses, if set. See also Q_OPTIONS bit 19: CompleteTransition if Q_TRANS_FAIL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Warn only |
0 | QLand |
1 | QRTL |
The maximum altitude change allowed during land detection. You can raise this value if you find that landing detection takes a long time to complete. It is the maximum change in altitude over a period of 4 seconds for landing to be detected
This is the altitude in meters above which navigation begins in auto takeoff. Below this altitude the target roll and pitch will be zero. A value of zero disables the feature
Pilot controlled yaw rate max. Used in all pilot controlled modes except QAcro
Pilot controlled yaw expo to allow faster rotation when stick at edges
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
0.1 | Very Low |
0.2 | Low |
0.3 | Medium |
0.4 | High |
0.5 | Very High |
Pilot yaw rate control input time constant. Low numbers lead to sharper response, higher numbers to softer response.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.5 | Very Soft |
0.2 | Soft |
0.15 | Medium |
0.1 | Crisp |
0.05 | Very Crisp |
If VTOL motors are active QRTL mode will VTOL climb to at least this altitude before returning home. If outside 150% the larger of WP_LOITER_RAD and RTL_RADIUS the vehicle will VTOL climb to Q_RTL_ALT. This parameter has no effect if the vehicle is in forward flight. Should be between Q_LAND_FINAL_ALT and Q_RTL_ALT
This parameter sets the gain from forward accel/tilt to forward throttle in certain Q modes. The Q modes this feature operates in is controlled by the Q_FWD_THR_USE parameter. Vehicles using separate forward thrust motors, eg quadplanes, should set this parameter to (all up weight) / (maximum combined thrust of forward motors) with a value of 2 being typical. Vehicles that tilt lifting rotors to provide forward thrust should set this parameter to (all up weight) / (weight lifted by tilting rotors) which for most aircraft can be approximated as (total number of lifting rotors) / (number of lifting rotors that tilt). When using this method of forward throttle control, the forward tilt angle limit is controlled by the Q_FWD_PIT_LIM parameter.
When forward throttle is being controlled by the Q_FWD_THR_GAIN parameter in Q modes, the vehicle forward (nose down) pitch rotation will be limited to the value specified by this parameter and the any additional forward acceleration required will be produced by use of the forward thrust motor(s) or tilting of moveable rotors. Larger values allow the vehicle to pitch more nose down. Set initially to the amount of nose down pitch required to remove wing lift.
This parameter determines when the feature that uses forward throttle instead of forward tilt is used. The amount of forward throttle is controlled by the Q_FWD_THR_GAIN parameter. The maximum amount of forward pitch allowed is controlled by the Q_FWD_PIT_LIM parameter. Q_FWD_THR_USE = 0 disables the feature. Q_FWD_THR_USE = 1 enables the feature in all position controlled modes such as QLOITER, QLAND, QRTL and VTOL TAKEOFF. Q_FWD_THR_USE = 2 enables the feature in all Q modes except QAUTOTUNE and QACRO. When enabling the feature, the legacy method of controlling forward throttle use via velocity controller error should be disabled by setting Q_VFWD_GAIN to 0. Do not use this feature with tailsitters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On in all position controlled Q modes |
2 | On in all Q modes except QAUTOTUNE and QACRO |
This sets the maximum number of degrees of back or pitch up in Q modes when the airspeed is at AIRSPEED_MIN, and is used to prevent excessive sutructural loads when pitching up decelerate. If airspeed is above or below AIRSPEED_MIN, the pitch up/back will be adjusted according to the formula pitch_limit = Q_BCK_PIT_LIM * (AIRSPEED_MIN / IAS)^2. The backwards/up pitch limit controlled by this parameter is in addition to limiting applied by PTCH_LIM_MAX_DEG and Q_ANGLE_MAX. The BCK_PIT_LIM limit is only applied when Q_FWD_THR_USE is set to 1 or 2 and the vehicle is flying in a mode that uses forward throttle instead of forward tilt to generate forward speed. Set to a non positive value 0 to deactivate this limit.
The minimum distance from the destination to use the fixed wing airbrake and approach code for landing approach. This is useful if you don't want the fixed wing approach logic to be used when you are close to the destination. Set to zero to always use fixed wing approach.
1-byte bitmap of axes to autotune
Autotune aggressiveness. Defines the bounce back used to detect size of the D term.
Defines the minimum D gain
Fraction by which tuned P and D gains are reduced after rate and angle AutoTune steps complete. This provides extra stability margin by reducing gains slightly from the optimal values found during tuning. A value of 0.0 applies no reduction. A value of 0.25 reduces tuned gains by 25%.
Maximum rate the yaw target can be updated in RTL and Auto flight modes
Maximum acceleration in yaw axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
9000 | VerySlow |
18000 | Slow |
36000 | Medium |
54000 | Fast |
Controls whether body-frame rate feedforward is enabled or disabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Maximum acceleration in roll axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
30000 | VerySlow |
72000 | Slow |
108000 | Medium |
162000 | Fast |
Maximum acceleration in pitch axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
30000 | VerySlow |
72000 | Slow |
108000 | Medium |
162000 | Fast |
Angle Boost increases output throttle as the vehicle leans to reduce loss of altitude
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Roll axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired roll angle and actual angle to a desired roll rate
Pitch axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired pitch angle and actual angle to a desired pitch rate
Yaw axis angle controller P gain. Converts the error between the desired yaw angle and actual angle to a desired yaw rate
Angle Limit (to maintain altitude) Time Constant
Maximum angular velocity in roll axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
60 | Slow |
180 | Medium |
360 | Fast |
Maximum angular velocity in pitch axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
60 | Slow |
180 | Medium |
360 | Fast |
Maximum angular velocity in yaw axis
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
60 | Slow |
180 | Medium |
360 | Fast |
Attitude control input time constant. Low numbers lead to sharper response, higher numbers to softer response
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.5 | Very Soft |
0.2 | Soft |
0.15 | Medium |
0.1 | Crisp |
0.05 | Very Crisp |
Roll gain multiplier active when landed. A factor of 1.0 means no reduction in gain while landed. Reduce this factor to reduce ground oscitation in the roll axis.
Pitch gain multiplier active when landed. A factor of 1.0 means no reduction in gain while landed. Reduce this factor to reduce ground oscitation in the pitch axis.
Yaw gain multiplier active when landed. A factor of 1.0 means no reduction in gain while landed. Reduce this factor to reduce ground oscitation in the yaw axis.
Roll axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Roll axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller feed forward
Roll axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Roll axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Roll axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Roll axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Roll Target notch filter index
Roll Error notch filter index
Pitch axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate output
Pitch axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate
Pitch axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Pitch axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired pitch rate vs actual pitch rate
Pitch axis rate controller feed forward
Pitch axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Pitch axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Pitch axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Pitch axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Pitch Target notch filter index
Pitch Error notch filter index
Yaw axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Yaw axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller feed forward
Yaw axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Yaw axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Yaw axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Yaw axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Yaw Target notch filter index
Yaw Error notch filter index
Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used when landing (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)
Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used during active flight (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)
Throttle vs attitude control prioritisation used during manual flight (higher values mean we prioritise attitude control over throttle)
Throttle-gain boost ratio. A value of 0 means no boosting is applied, a value of 1 means full boosting is applied. Describes the ratio increase that is applied to angle P and PD on pitch and roll.
Loiter maximum pilot requested lean angle. Set to zero for 2/3 of Q_P_ANGLE_MAX/Q_ANGLE_MAX. The maximum vehicle lean angle is still limited by Q_P_ANGLE_MAX/Q_ANGLE_MAX
Defines the maximum speed in cm/s which the aircraft will travel horizontally while in loiter mode
Loiter maximum correction acceleration in cm/s/s. Higher values cause the copter to correct position errors more aggressively.
Loiter braking acceleration in cm/s/s. Higher values stop the copter more quickly when the stick is centered.
Loiter braking jerk in cm/s/s/s. Higher values will remove braking faster if the pilot moves the sticks during a braking maneuver.
Loiter brake start delay (in seconds)
Enables optional Loiter mode behaviors
Yaw control is given at least this pwm in microseconds range
Motor thrust curve exponent (0.0 for linear to 1.0 for second order curve)
Point at which the thrust saturates expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.9 | Low |
0.95 | Default |
1.0 | High |
Battery voltage compensation maximum voltage (voltage above this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 4.2 * cell count, 0 = Disabled
Battery voltage compensation minimum voltage (voltage below this will have no additional scaling effect on thrust). Recommend 3.3 * cell count, 0 = Disabled
Maximum current over which maximum throttle is limited (0 = Disabled)
This selects the output PWM type, allowing for normal PWM continuous output, OneShot, brushed or DShot motor output.PWMRange and PWMAngle are PWM special/rare cases for ESCs that dont calibrate normally (some Sub motors) or where each ESC must have its PWM range set individually using the Servo params instead of PWM_MIN/MAX parameters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | OneShot |
2 | OneShot125 |
3 | Brushed |
4 | DShot150 |
5 | DShot300 |
6 | DShot600 |
7 | DShot1200 |
8 | PWMRange |
9 | PWMAngle |
This sets the min PWM output value in microseconds that will ever be output to the motors
This sets the max PWM value in microseconds that will ever be output to the motors
Point at which the thrust starts expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range. Should be higher than MOT_SPIN_ARM.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.0 | Low |
0.15 | Default |
0.25 | High |
Point at which the motors start to spin expressed as a number from 0 to 1 in the entire output range. Should be lower than MOT_SPIN_MIN.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0.0 | Low |
0.1 | Default |
0.2 | High |
Time constant used to limit the maximum current
Motor thrust needed to hover expressed as a number from 0 to 1
Enable/Disable automatic learning of hover throttle
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Learn |
2 | Learn and Save |
Disables motor PWM output when disarmed
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | PWM enabled while disarmed |
1 | PWM disabled while disarmed |
Yaw servo's maximum lean angle (Tricopter only)
Time in seconds to spool up the motors from zero to min throttle.
Booster motor output scaling factor vs main throttle. The output to the BoostThrottle servo will be the main throttle times this scaling factor. A higher scaling factor will put more of the load on the booster motor. A value of 1 will set the BoostThrottle equal to the main throttle.
Which battery monitor should be used for doing compensation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | First battery |
1 | Second battery |
Time in seconds to slew output from zero to full. This is used to limit the rate at which output can change. Range is constrained between 0 and 0.5.
Time in seconds to slew output from full to zero. This is used to limit the rate at which output can change. Range is constrained between 0 and 0.5.
Time taken to disable and enable the motor PWM output when disarmed and armed.
Motor options
Time taken to spool down the motors from min to zero throttle. If set to 0 then SPOOL_TIME is used instead.
Lower values will slow the response of the navigation controller and reduce twitchiness
Position (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between the desired altitude and actual altitude into a climb or descent rate which is passed to the throttle rate controller
Velocity (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between desired vertical speed and actual speed into a desired acceleration that is passed to the throttle acceleration controller
Velocity (vertical) controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired velocity to a target acceleration
Velocity (vertical) controller I gain maximum. Constrains the target acceleration that the I gain will output
Velocity (vertical) controller D gain. Corrects short-term changes in velocity
Velocity (vertical) controller Feed Forward gain. Produces an output that is proportional to the magnitude of the target
Velocity (vertical) error filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for P and I terms
Velocity (vertical) input filter for D term. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for D terms
Acceleration (vertical) controller P gain. Converts the difference between desired vertical acceleration and actual acceleration into a motor output
Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired vertical acceleration and actual acceleration
Acceleration (vertical) controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum pwm that the I term will generate
Acceleration (vertical) controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired vertical acceleration vs actual acceleration
Acceleration (vertical) controller feed forward
Acceleration (vertical) controller target frequency in Hz
Acceleration (vertical) controller error frequency in Hz
Acceleration (vertical) controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Acceleration (vertical) controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Accel (vertical) Target notch filter index
Accel (vertical) Error notch filter index
Position controller P gain. Converts the distance (in the latitude direction) to the target location into a desired speed which is then passed to the loiter latitude rate controller
Velocity (horizontal) P gain. Converts the difference between desired and actual velocity to a target acceleration
Velocity (horizontal) I gain. Corrects long-term difference between desired and actual velocity to a target acceleration
Velocity (horizontal) D gain. Corrects short-term changes in velocity
Velocity (horizontal) integrator maximum. Constrains the target acceleration that the I gain will output
Velocity (horizontal) input filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for P and I terms
Velocity (horizontal) input filter. This filter (in Hz) is applied to the input for D term
Velocity (horizontal) feed forward gain. Converts the difference between desired velocity to a target acceleration
Maximum lean angle autopilot can request. Set to zero to use ANGLE_MAX parameter value
Jerk limit of the horizontal kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the aircraft varies the acceleration target
Jerk limit of the vertical kinematic path generation used to determine how quickly the aircraft varies the acceleration target
This enables Tailsitter functionality. A value of 2 forces Qassist active and always stabilize in forward flight with airmode for stabilisation at 0 throttle, for use on vehicles with no control surfaces, vehicle will not arm in forward flight modes, see also Q_OPTIONS "Mtrs_Only_Qassist"
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
2 | Enable Always |
This is the pitch angle at which tailsitter aircraft will change from VTOL control to fixed wing control.
This is the pitch angle at which tailsitter aircraft will change from fixed wing control to VTOL control, if zero Q_TAILSIT_ANGLE will be used
This controls whether stick input when hovering as a tailsitter follows the conventions for fixed wing hovering or multicopter hovering. When PlaneMode is not enabled (bit0 = 0) the roll stick will roll the aircraft in earth frame and yaw stick will yaw in earth frame. When PlaneMode input is enabled, the roll and yaw sticks are swapped so that the roll stick controls earth-frame yaw and rudder controls earth-frame roll. When body-frame roll is enabled (bit1 = 1), the yaw stick controls earth-frame yaw rate and the roll stick controls roll in the tailsitter's body frame when flying level.
This controls the amount of vectored thrust control used in forward flight for a vectored tailsitter
This controls the amount of vectored thrust control used in hover for a vectored tailsitter
This controls the amount of extra pitch given to the vectored control when at high pitch errors
Maximum gain scaling for tailsitter Q_TAILSIT_GSCMSK options
Maximum Allowed roll angle for tailsitters. If this is zero then Q_ANGLE_MAX is used.
Bitmask of motors to remain active in forward flight for a 'Copter' tailsitter. Non-zero indicates airframe is a Copter tailsitter and uses copter style motor layouts determined by Q_FRAME_CLASS and Q_FRAME_TYPE. This should be zero for non-Copter tailsitters.
Bitmask of gain scaling methods to be applied: Throttle: scale gains with throttle, ATT_THR: reduce gain at high throttle/tilt, 2:Disk theory velocity calculation, requires Q_TAILSIT_DSKLD to be set, ATT_THR must not be set, 3:Altitude correction, scale with air density
Minimum gain scaling for tailsitter Q_TAILSIT_GSCMSK options
This is the vehicle weight in kg divided by the total disk area of all propellers in m^2. Only used with Q_TAILSIT_GSCMSK = 4
The pitch rate at which tailsitter aircraft will pitch down in the transition from VTOL to forward flight
The pitch rate at which tailsitter aircraft will pitch up in the transition from forward flight to VTOL
Throttle used during FW->VTOL transition, -1 uses hover throttle
Scale from PID output to control surface, for use where a single axis is actuated by both motors and Tilt/control surface on a copter style tailsitter, increase to favor control surfaces and reduce motor output by reducing gains
Scale from PID output to control surface, for use where a single axis is actuated by both motors and Tilt/control surface on a copter style tailsitter, increase to favor control surfaces and reduce motor output by reducing gains
Scale from PID output to control surface, for use where a single axis is actuated by both motors and Tilt/control surface on a copter style tailsitter, increase to favor control surfaces and reduce motor output by reducing gains
Use in conjunction with disk theory gain scaling and Q_TAILSIT_DSKLD to specify minimum airspeed over control surfaces, this will be used to boost throttle, when descending for example, 0 disables
This enables Tiltrotor functionality
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
This is a bitmask of motors that are tiltable in a tiltrotor (or tiltwing). The mask is in terms of the standard motor order for the frame type.
This is the maximum speed at which the motor angle will change for a tiltrotor when moving from forward flight to hover
This is the maximum angle of the tiltable motors at which multicopter control will be enabled. Beyond this angle the plane will fly solely as a fixed wing aircraft and the motors will tilt to their maximum angle at the TILT_RATE
This is the type of tiltrotor when TILT_MASK is non-zero. A continuous tiltrotor can tilt the rotors to any angle on demand. A binary tiltrotor assumes a retract style servo where the servo is either fully forward or fully up. In both cases the servo can't move faster than Q_TILT_RATE. A vectored yaw tiltrotor will use the tilt of the motors to control yaw in hover, Bicopter tiltrotor must use the tailsitter frame class (10)
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Continuous |
1 | Binary |
2 | VectoredYaw |
3 | Bicopter |
This is the maximum speed at which the motor angle will change for a tiltrotor when moving from hover to forward flight. When this is zero the Q_TILT_RATE_UP value is used.
This is the angle of the tilt servos when in VTOL mode and at minimum output (fully back). This needs to be set in addition to Q_TILT_TYPE=2, to enable vectored control for yaw in tilt quadplanes. This is also used to limit the forward travel of bicopter tilts(Q_TILT_TYPE=3) when in VTOL modes.
This is the angle the motors tilt down when at maximum output for forward flight. Set this to a non-zero value to enable vectoring for roll/pitch in forward flight on tilt-vectored aircraft
This is the gain for use of tilting motors in fixed wing flight for tilt vectored quadplanes
For use on tilt wings, the wing will tilt up to this angle for flap, transition will be complete when the wing reaches this angle from the forward fight position, 0 disables
Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain horizontally during a WP mission
Defines the distance from a waypoint, that when crossed indicates the wp has been hit.
Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain while climbing during a WP mission
Defines the speed in cm/s which the aircraft will attempt to maintain while descending during a WP mission
Defines the horizontal acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions
Defines the vertical acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions
This controls if waypoint missions use rangefinder for terrain following
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Defines the horizontal jerk in m/s/s used during missions
Waypoint Terrain following altitude margin. Vehicle will stop if distance from target altitude is larger than this margin (in meters)
Defines the maximum cornering acceleration in cm/s/s used during missions. If zero uses 2x accel value.
Enable weather vaning. When active, the aircraft will automatically yaw into wind when in a VTOL position controlled mode. Pilot yaw commands override the weathervaning action.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Only use during takeoffs or landing see weathervane takeoff and land override parameters |
0 | Disabled |
1 | Nose into wind |
2 | Nose or tail into wind |
3 | Side into wind |
4 | tail into wind |
This converts the target roll/pitch angle of the aircraft into the correcting (into wind) yaw rate. e.g. Gain = 2, roll = 30 deg, pitch = 0 deg, yaw rate = 60 deg/s.
The minimum target roll/pitch angle before active weathervaning will start. This provides a dead zone that is particularly useful for poorly trimmed quadplanes.
Above this height weathervaning is permitted. If RNGFND_LANDING is enabled or terrain is enabled then this parameter sets height AGL. Otherwise this parameter sets height above home. Set zero to ignore minimum height requirement to activate weathervaning
Below this ground speed weathervaning is permitted. Set to 0 to ignore this condition when checking if vehicle should weathervane.
The maximum climb or descent speed that the vehicle will still attempt to weathervane. Set to 0 to ignore this condition to get the aircraft to weathervane at any climb/descent rate. This is particularly useful for aircraft with low disc loading that struggle with yaw control in decent.
Override the weather vaning behaviour when in takeoffs
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | No override |
0 | Disabled |
1 | Nose into wind |
2 | Nose or tail into wind |
3 | Side into wind |
4 | tail into wind |
Override the weather vaning behaviour when in landing
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | No override |
0 | Disabled |
1 | Nose into wind |
2 | Nose or tail into wind |
3 | Side into wind |
4 | tail into wind |
Options impacting weathervaning behaviour
Number of rally points currently loaded
Maximum distance to rally point. If the closest rally point is more than this number of kilometers from the current position and the home location is closer than any of the rally points from the current position then do RTL to home rather than to the closest rally point. This prevents a leftover rally point from a different airfield being used accidentally. If this is set to 0 then the closest rally point is always used.
Controls if Home is included as a Rally point (i.e. as a safe landing place) for RTL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | DoNotIncludeHome |
1 | IncludeHome |
Timeout after which RC overrides will no longer be used, and RC input will resume, 0 will disable RC overrides, -1 will never timeout, and continue using overrides until they are disabled
RC input options
Bitmask of enabled RC protocols. Allows narrowing the protocol detection to only specific types of RC receivers which can avoid issues with incorrect detection. Set to 1 to enable all protocols.
RC failsafe will trigger this many seconds after loss of RC
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
RC minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC trim (neutral) PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
RC maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse channel input. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this input channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
PWM dead zone in microseconds around trim or bottom
Function assigned to this RC channel
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Do Nothing |
4 | RTL |
9 | Camera Trigger |
11 | Fence Enable |
16 | AUTO Mode |
22 | Parachute Release |
24 | Auto Mission Reset |
27 | Retract Mount1 |
28 | Relay1 On/Off |
29 | Landing Gear |
30 | Lost Plane Sound |
31 | Motor Emergency Stop |
34 | Relay2 On/Off |
35 | Relay3 On/Off |
36 | Relay4 On/Off |
38 | ADSB Avoidance Enable |
41 | ArmDisarm (4.1 and lower) |
43 | InvertedFlight Enable |
46 | RC Override Enable |
51 | MANUAL Mode |
52 | ACRO Mode |
55 | GUIDED Mode |
56 | LOITER Mode |
58 | Clear Waypoints |
62 | Compass Learn |
64 | Reverse Throttle |
65 | GPS Disable |
66 | Relay5 On/Off |
67 | Relay6 On/Off |
72 | CIRCLE Mode |
77 | TAKEOFF Mode |
78 | RunCam Control |
79 | RunCam OSD Control |
81 | Disarm |
82 | QAssist 3pos |
84 | AirMode |
85 | Generator |
86 | Non Auto Terrain Follow Disable |
87 | Crow Select |
88 | Soaring Enable |
89 | Landing Flare |
90 | EKF Source Set |
91 | Airspeed Ratio Calibration |
92 | FBWA Mode |
94 | VTX Power |
95 | FBWA taildragger takeoff mode |
96 | Trigger re-reading of mode switch |
98 | TRAINING Mode |
100 | KillIMU1 |
101 | KillIMU2 |
102 | Camera Mode Toggle |
103 | EKF lane switch attempt |
104 | EKF yaw reset |
105 | GPS Disable Yaw |
106 | Disable Airspeed Use |
107 | Enable FW Autotune |
108 | QRTL Mode |
110 | KillIMU3 |
111 | Loweheiser starter |
112 | SwitchExternalAHRS |
113 | Retract Mount2 |
150 | CRUISE Mode |
153 | ArmDisarm (4.2 and higher) |
154 | ArmDisarm with Quadplane AirMode (4.2 and higher) |
155 | Set roll pitch and yaw trim to current servo and RC |
157 | Force FS Action to FBWA |
158 | Optflow Calibration |
160 | Weathervane Enable |
162 | FFT Tune |
163 | Mount Lock |
164 | Pause Stream Logging |
165 | Arm/Emergency Motor Stop |
166 | Camera Record Video |
167 | Camera Zoom |
168 | Camera Manual Focus |
169 | Camera Auto Focus |
170 | QSTABILIZE Mode |
171 | Calibrate Compasses |
172 | Battery MPPT Enable |
173 | Plane AUTO Mode Landing Abort |
174 | Camera Image Tracking |
175 | Camera Lens |
176 | Quadplane Fwd Throttle Override enable |
177 | Mount LRF enable |
179 | ICEngine start / stop |
180 | Test autotuned gains after tune is complete |
181 | QuickTune |
183 | AUTOLAND mode |
184 | System ID Chirp (Quadplane only) |
208 | Flap |
209 | VTOL Forward Throttle |
210 | Airbrakes |
212 | Mount1 Roll |
213 | Mount1 Pitch |
214 | Mount1 Yaw |
215 | Mount2 Roll |
216 | Mount2 Pitch |
217 | Mount2 Yaw |
218 | Loweheiser throttle |
300 | Scripting1 |
301 | Scripting2 |
302 | Scripting3 |
303 | Scripting4 |
304 | Scripting5 |
305 | Scripting6 |
306 | Scripting7 |
307 | Scripting8 |
308 | Scripting9 |
309 | Scripting10 |
310 | Scripting11 |
311 | Scripting12 |
312 | Scripting13 |
313 | Scripting14 |
314 | Scripting15 |
315 | Scripting16 |
316 | Stop-Restart Scripting |
Roll channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Roll is normally on channel 1, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.
Pitch channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Pitch is normally on channel 2, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.
Throttle channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Throttle is normally on channel 3, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.
Yaw channel number. This is useful when you have a RC transmitter that can't change the channel order easily. Yaw (also known as rudder) is normally on channel 4, but you can move it to any channel with this parameter. Reboot is required for changes to take effect.
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
The function the relay channel is mapped to.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Relay |
2 | Ignition |
3 | Parachute |
4 | Camera |
9 | ICE Starter |
Digital pin number for relay control. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
49 | BB Blue GP0 pin 4 |
50 | AUXOUT1 |
51 | AUXOUT2 |
52 | AUXOUT3 |
53 | AUXOUT4 |
54 | AUXOUT5 |
55 | AUXOUT6 |
57 | BB Blue GP0 pin 3 |
113 | BB Blue GP0 pin 6 |
116 | BB Blue GP0 pin 5 |
62 | BBBMini Pin P8.13 |
101 | MainOut1 |
102 | MainOut2 |
103 | MainOut3 |
104 | MainOut4 |
105 | MainOut5 |
106 | MainOut6 |
107 | MainOut7 |
108 | MainOut8 |
1000 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 0 |
1001 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 1 |
1002 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 2 |
1003 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 3 |
1004 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 4 |
1005 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 5 |
1006 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 6 |
1007 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 7 |
1008 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 8 |
1009 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 9 |
1010 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 10 |
1011 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 11 |
1012 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 12 |
1013 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 13 |
1014 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 14 |
1015 | DroneCAN Hardpoint ID 15 |
Should the relay default to on or off, this only applies to RELAYx_FUNC "Relay" (1). All other uses will pick the appropriate default output state from within the controlling function's parameters. Note that if INVERTED is set then the default is inverted.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Off |
1 | On |
2 | NoChange |
Should the relay output signal be inverted. If enabled, relay on would be pin low and relay off would be pin high. NOTE: this impact's DEFAULT.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Inverted |
Time constant in seconds from demanded to achieved roll angle. Most models respond well to 0.5. May be reduced for faster responses, but setting lower than a model can achieve will not help.
This sets the maximum roll rate that the attitude controller will demand (degrees/sec) in angle stabilized modes. Setting it to zero disables this limit.
Roll axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Roll axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired roll rate vs actual roll rate
Roll axis rate controller feed forward
Roll axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Roll axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Roll axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Roll axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Roll Target notch filter index
Roll Error notch filter index
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
Type of connected rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Analog |
2 | MaxbotixI2C |
3 | LidarLite-I2C |
5 | PWM |
6 | BBB-PRU |
7 | LightWareI2C |
8 | LightWareSerial |
9 | Bebop |
10 | MAVLink |
11 | USD1_Serial |
12 | LeddarOne |
13 | MaxbotixSerial |
14 | TeraRangerI2C |
15 | LidarLiteV3-I2C |
16 | VL53L0X or VL53L1X |
17 | NMEA |
18 | WASP-LRF |
19 | BenewakeTF02 |
20 | BenewakeTFmini-Serial |
21 | LidarLightV3HP |
22 | PWM |
23 | BlueRoboticsPing |
24 | DroneCAN |
25 | BenewakeTFmini-I2C |
26 | LanbaoPSK-CM8JL65-CC5 |
27 | BenewakeTF03 |
28 | VL53L1X-ShortRange |
29 | LeddarVu8-Serial |
30 | HC-SR04 |
31 | GYUS42v2 |
32 | MSP |
33 | USD1_CAN |
34 | Benewake_CAN |
35 | TeraRangerSerial |
36 | Lua_Scripting |
37 | NoopLoop_TOFSense |
38 | NoopLoop_TOFSense_CAN |
39 | NRA24_CAN |
40 | NoopLoop_TOFSenseF_I2C |
41 | JRE_Serial |
42 | Ainstein_LR_D1 |
43 | RDS02UF |
44 | HexsoonRadar |
100 | SITL |
Analog or PWM input pin that rangefinder is connected to. Analog RSSI or Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
Scaling factor between rangefinder reading and distance. For the linear and inverted functions this is in meters per volt. For the hyperbolic function the units are meterVolts. For Maxbotix serial sonar this is unit conversion to meters.
Offset in volts for zero distance for analog rangefinders. Offset added to distance in centimeters for PWM lidars
Control over what function is used to calculate distance. For a linear function, the distance is (voltage-offset)*scaling. For a inverted function the distance is (offset-voltage)*scaling. For a hyperbolic function the distance is scaling/(voltage-offset). The functions return the distance in meters.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Linear |
1 | Inverted |
2 | Hyperbolic |
Minimum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Maximum distance in metres that rangefinder can reliably read
Digital pin that enables/disables rangefinder measurement for the pwm rangefinder. A value of -1 means no pin. If this is set, then the pin is set to 1 to enable the rangefinder and set to 0 to disable it. This is used to enable powersaving when out of range. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Not Used |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
111 | PX4 FMU Relay1 |
112 | PX4 FMU Relay2 |
113 | PX4IO Relay1 |
114 | PX4IO Relay2 |
115 | PX4IO ACC1 |
116 | PX4IO ACC2 |
This parameter sets whether an analog rangefinder is ratiometric. Most analog rangefinders are ratiometric, meaning that their output voltage is influenced by the supply voltage. Some analog rangefinders (such as the SF/02) have their own internal voltage regulators so they are not ratiometric.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | No |
1 | Yes |
This parameter sets the estimated terrain distance in meters above which the sensor will be put into a power saving mode (if available). A value of zero means power saving is not enabled
This parameter sets the expected range measurement that the range finder should return when the vehicle is on the ground.
This sets the bus address of the sensor, where applicable. Used for the I2C and DroneCAN sensors to allow for multiple sensors on different addresses.
X position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Y position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Z position of the rangefinder in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin. Use the zero range datum point if supplied.
Orientation of rangefinder
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
1 | Forward-Right |
2 | Right |
3 | Back-Right |
4 | Back |
5 | Back-Left |
6 | Left |
7 | Forward-Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Sets the number of historic range results to use for calculating the current range result. When MAVG is greater than 1, the current range result will be the current measured value averaged with the N-1 previous results
Sets the window size for the real-time median filter. When MEDF is greater than 0 the median filter is active
Sets the repetition frequency of the ranging operation in Hertz. Upon entering the desired frequency the system will calculate the nearest frequency that it can handle according to the resolution of internal timers.
Sets the number of pulses to be used in multi-pulse averaging mode. In this mode, a sequence of rapid fire ranges are taken and then averaged to improve the accuracy of the measurement
Sets the system sensitivity. Larger values of THR represent higher sensitivity. The system may limit the maximum value of THR to prevent excessive false alarm rates based on settings made at the factory. Set to -1 for automatic threshold adjustments
Desired baud rate
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Low Speed |
1 | High Speed |
The receive ID of the CAN frames. A value of zero means all IDs are accepted.
RangeFinder Minimum signal strength (SNR) to accept distance
What type of RPM sensor is connected
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Not Used |
2 | GPIO |
3 | EFI |
4 | Harmonic Notch |
5 | ESC Telemetry Motors Bitmask |
6 | Generator |
7 | DroneCAN |
Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.
Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum data quality to be used
Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged
ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.
DroneCAN sensor ID to assign to this backend
What type of RPM sensor is connected
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Not Used |
2 | GPIO |
3 | EFI |
4 | Harmonic Notch |
5 | ESC Telemetry Motors Bitmask |
6 | Generator |
7 | DroneCAN |
Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.
Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum data quality to be used
Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged
ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.
DroneCAN sensor ID to assign to this backend
What type of RPM sensor is connected
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Not Used |
2 | GPIO |
3 | EFI |
4 | Harmonic Notch |
5 | ESC Telemetry Motors Bitmask |
6 | Generator |
7 | DroneCAN |
Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.
Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum data quality to be used
Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged
ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.
DroneCAN sensor ID to assign to this backend
What type of RPM sensor is connected
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Not Used |
2 | GPIO |
3 | EFI |
4 | Harmonic Notch |
5 | ESC Telemetry Motors Bitmask |
6 | Generator |
7 | DroneCAN |
Scaling factor between sensor reading and RPM.
Maximum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum RPM to report. Only used on type = GPIO.
Minimum data quality to be used
Which digital GPIO pin to use. Only used on type = GPIO. Some common values are given, but see the Wiki's "GPIOs" page for how to determine the pin number for a given autopilot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
Mask of channels which support ESC rpm telemetry. RPM telemetry of the selected channels will be averaged
ESC Telemetry Index to write RPM to. Use 0 to disable.
DroneCAN sensor ID to assign to this backend
Radio Receiver RSSI type. If your radio receiver supports RSSI of some kind, set it here, then set its associated RSSI_XXXXX parameters, if any.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | AnalogPin |
2 | RCChannelPwmValue |
3 | ReceiverProtocol |
4 | PWMInputPin |
5 | TelemetryRadioRSSI |
Pin used to read the RSSI voltage or PWM value. Analog Airspeed ports can be used for Analog inputs (some autopilots provide others also), Non-IOMCU Servo/MotorOutputs can be used for PWM input when configured as "GPIOs". Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins" for analog pin or "GPIOs", if PWM input type, to determine pin number.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
8 | V5 Nano |
11 | Pixracer |
13 | Pixhawk ADC4 |
14 | Pixhawk ADC3 |
15 | Pixhawk ADC6/Pixhawk2 ADC |
50 | AUX1 |
51 | AUX2 |
52 | AUX3 |
53 | AUX4 |
54 | AUX5 |
55 | AUX6 |
103 | Pixhawk SBUS |
RSSI pin's voltage received on the RSSI_ANA_PIN when the signal strength is the weakest. Some radio receivers put out inverted values so this value may be higher than RSSI_PIN_HIGH. When using pin 103, the maximum value of the parameter is 3.3V.
RSSI pin's voltage received on the RSSI_ANA_PIN when the signal strength is the strongest. Some radio receivers put out inverted values so this value may be lower than RSSI_PIN_LOW. When using pin 103, the maximum value of the parameter is 3.3V.
The channel number where RSSI will be output by the radio receiver (5 and above).
PWM value that the radio receiver will put on the RSSI_CHANNEL or RSSI_ANA_PIN when the signal strength is the weakest. Some radio receivers output inverted values so this value may be lower than RSSI_CHAN_HIGH
PWM value that the radio receiver will put on the RSSI_CHANNEL or RSSI_ANA_PIN when the signal strength is the strongest. Some radio receivers output inverted values so this value may be higher than RSSI_CHAN_LOW
Set to non-zero to enable scheduler debug messages. When set to show "Slips" the scheduler will display a message whenever a scheduled task is delayed due to too much CPU load. When set to ShowOverruns the scheduled will display a message whenever a task takes longer than the limit promised in the task table.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
2 | ShowSlips |
3 | ShowOverruns |
This controls the rate of the main control loop in Hz. This should only be changed by developers. This only takes effect on restart. Values over 400 are considered highly experimental.
This controls optional aspects of the scheduler.
Controls if scripting is enabled
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Lua Scripts |
The number virtual machine instructions that can be run before considering a script to have taken an excessive amount of time
Amount of memory available for scripting
Debugging options
General purpose user variable input for scripts
General purpose user variable input for scripts
General purpose user variable input for scripts
General purpose user variable input for scripts
General purpose user variable input for scripts
General purpose user variable input for scripts
This will stop scripts being loaded from the given locations
Required XOR of CRC32 checksum of loaded scripts, vehicle will not arm with incorrect scripts loaded, -1 disables
Required XOR of CRC32 checksum of running scripts, vehicle will not arm with incorrect scripts running, -1 disables
This sets the priority of the scripting thread. This is normally set to a low priority to prevent scripts from interfering with other parts of the system. Advanced users can change this priority if scripting needs to be prioritised for realtime applications. WARNING: changing this parameter can impact the stability of your flight controller. The scipting thread priority in this parameter is chosen based on a set of system level priorities for other subsystems. It is strongly recommended that you use the lowest priority that is sufficient for your application. Note that all scripts run at the same priority, so if you raise this priority you must carefully audit all lua scripts for behaviour that does not interfere with the operation of the system.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | IO Priority |
2 | Storage Priority |
3 | UART Priority |
4 | I2C Priority |
5 | SPI Priority |
6 | Timer Priority |
7 | Main Priority |
8 | Boost Priority |
Enable scripting serial devices
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Serial protocol of scripting serial device
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Serial protocol of scripting serial device
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
Serial protocol of scripting serial device
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used on the USB console. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol to use on the console.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
Control what protocol to use on the Telem1 port. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used on the Telem1 port. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol to use on the Telem2 port. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate of the Telem2 port. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol Serial 3 (GPS) should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for the Serial 3 (GPS). Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol Serial4 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial4. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol Serial5 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial5. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control what protocol Serial6 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial6. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
This sets one side of pass-through between two serial ports. Once both sides are set then all data received on either port will be passed to the other port
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
This sets one side of pass-through between two serial ports. Once both sides are set then all data received on either port will be passed to the other port. This parameter is normally reset to -1 on reboot, disabling passthrough. If SERIAL_PASSTIMO is set to -1 then it is not reset on reboot.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
0 | Serial0 |
1 | Serial1 |
2 | Serial2 |
3 | Serial3 |
4 | Serial4 |
5 | Serial5 |
6 | Serial6 |
This sets a timeout for serial pass-through in seconds. When the pass-through is enabled by setting the SERIAL_PASS1 and SERIAL_PASS2 parameters then it remains in effect until no data comes from the first port for SERIAL_PASSTIMO seconds. This allows the port to revent to its normal usage (such as MAVLink connection to a GCS) when it is no longer needed. A value of 0 means no timeout. A value of -1 means no timeout and the SERIAL_PASS2 parameter is not reset on reboot.
Control what protocol Serial7 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial7. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control what protocol Serial8 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial8. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
Control what protocol Serial9 port should be used for. Note that the Frsky options require external converter hardware. See the wiki for details.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | None |
1 | MAVLink1 |
2 | MAVLink2 |
3 | Frsky D |
4 | Frsky SPort |
5 | GPS |
7 | Alexmos Gimbal Serial |
8 | Gimbal |
9 | Rangefinder |
10 | FrSky SPort Passthrough (OpenTX) |
11 | Lidar360 |
13 | Beacon |
14 | Volz servo out |
15 | SBus servo out |
16 | ESC Telemetry |
17 | Devo Telemetry |
18 | OpticalFlow |
19 | RobotisServo |
20 | NMEA Output |
21 | WindVane |
22 | SLCAN |
23 | RCIN |
24 | EFI Serial |
25 | LTM |
26 | RunCam |
27 | HottTelem |
28 | Scripting |
29 | Crossfire VTX |
30 | Generator |
31 | Winch |
32 | MSP |
33 | DJI FPV |
34 | AirSpeed |
35 | ADSB |
36 | AHRS |
37 | SmartAudio |
38 | FETtecOneWire |
39 | Torqeedo |
40 | AIS |
41 | CoDevESC |
42 | DisplayPort |
43 | MAVLink High Latency |
44 | IRC Tramp |
45 | DDS XRCE |
46 | IMUDATA |
48 | PPP |
49 | i-BUS Telemetry |
50 | IOMCU |
The baud rate used for Serial8. Most stm32-based boards can support rates of up to 1500. If you setup a rate you cannot support and then can't connect to your board you should load a firmware from a different vehicle type. That will reset all your parameters to defaults.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
1 | 1200 |
2 | 2400 |
4 | 4800 |
9 | 9600 |
19 | 19200 |
38 | 38400 |
57 | 57600 |
111 | 111100 |
115 | 115200 |
230 | 230400 |
256 | 256000 |
460 | 460800 |
500 | 500000 |
921 | 921600 |
1500 | 1.5MBaud |
2000 | 2MBaud |
12500000 | 12.5MBaud |
Control over UART options. The InvertRX option controls invert of the receive pin. The InvertTX option controls invert of the transmit pin. The HalfDuplex option controls half-duplex (onewire) mode, where both transmit and receive is done on the transmit wire. The Swap option allows the RX and TX pins to be swapped on STM32F7 based boards. NOTE that two bits have moved from this parameter into MAVn_OPTIONS!
This enables automatic servo trim in flight. Servos will be trimed in stabilized flight modes when the aircraft is close to level. Changes to servo trim will be saved every 10 seconds and will persist between flights. The automatic trim won't go more than 20% away from a centered trim.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Default output rate in Hz for all PWM outputs.
DShot output rate for all outputs as a multiple of the loop rate. 0 sets the output rate to be fixed at 1Khz for low loop rates. This value should never be set below 500Hz.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | 1Khz |
1 | loop-rate |
2 | double loop-rate |
3 | triple loop-rate |
4 | quadruple loop rate |
DShot ESC type for all outputs. The ESC type affects the range of DShot commands available and the bit widths used. None means that no dshot commands will be executed. Some ESC types support Extended DShot Telemetry (EDT) which allows telemetry other than RPM data to be returned when using bi-directional dshot. If you enable EDT you must install EDT capable firmware for correct operation.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | BLHeli32/Kiss/AM32 |
2 | BLHeli_S/BlueJay |
3 | BLHeli32/AM32/Kiss+EDT |
4 | BLHeli_S/BlueJay+EDT |
Bitmask of outputs which will be available as GPIOs. Any output with either the function set to -1 or with the corresponding bit set in this mask will be available for use as a GPIO pin
Bitmask of scaled passthru output channels which will be set to their trim value during rc failsafe instead of holding their last position before failsafe.
This allows for up to 32 outputs, enabling parameters for outputs above 16
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
minimum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
maximum PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Trim PWM pulse width in microseconds. Typically 1000 is lower limit, 1500 is neutral and 2000 is upper limit.
Reverse servo operation. Set to 0 for normal operation. Set to 1 to reverse this output channel.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reversed |
Function assigned to this servo. Setting this to Disabled(0) will setup this output for control by auto missions or MAVLink servo set commands. any other value will enable the corresponding function
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | GPIO |
0 | Disabled |
1 | RCPassThru |
2 | Flap |
3 | FlapAuto |
4 | Aileron |
6 | Mount1Yaw |
7 | Mount1Pitch |
8 | Mount1Roll |
9 | Mount1Retract |
10 | CameraTrigger |
12 | Mount2Yaw |
13 | Mount2Pitch |
14 | Mount2Roll |
15 | Mount2Retract |
16 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft1 |
17 | DifferentialSpoilerRight1 |
19 | Elevator |
21 | Rudder |
22 | SprayerPump |
23 | SprayerSpinner |
24 | FlaperonLeft |
25 | FlaperonRight |
26 | GroundSteering |
27 | Parachute |
28 | Gripper |
29 | LandingGear |
30 | EngineRunEnable |
33 | Motor1 |
34 | Motor2 |
35 | Motor3 |
36 | Motor4 |
37 | Motor5 |
38 | Motor6 |
39 | Motor7/TailTiltServo |
40 | Motor8 |
41 | TiltMotorsFront |
45 | TiltMotorsRear |
46 | TiltMotorRearLeft |
47 | TiltMotorRearRight |
51 | RCIN1 |
52 | RCIN2 |
53 | RCIN3 |
54 | RCIN4 |
55 | RCIN5 |
56 | RCIN6 |
57 | RCIN7 |
58 | RCIN8 |
59 | RCIN9 |
60 | RCIN10 |
61 | RCIN11 |
62 | RCIN12 |
63 | RCIN13 |
64 | RCIN14 |
65 | RCIN15 |
66 | RCIN16 |
67 | Ignition |
69 | Starter |
70 | Throttle |
73 | ThrottleLeft |
74 | ThrottleRight |
75 | TiltMotorFrontLeft |
76 | TiltMotorFrontRight |
77 | ElevonLeft |
78 | ElevonRight |
79 | VTailLeft |
80 | VTailRight |
82 | Motor9 |
83 | Motor10 |
84 | Motor11 |
85 | Motor12 |
86 | DifferentialSpoilerLeft2 |
87 | DifferentialSpoilerRight2 |
90 | CameraISO |
91 | CameraAperture |
92 | CameraFocus |
93 | CameraShutterSpeed |
94 | Script1 |
95 | Script2 |
96 | Script3 |
97 | Script4 |
98 | Script5 |
99 | Script6 |
100 | Script7 |
101 | Script8 |
102 | Script9 |
103 | Script10 |
104 | Script11 |
105 | Script12 |
106 | Script13 |
107 | Script14 |
108 | Script15 |
109 | Script16 |
110 | Airbrakes |
120 | NeoPixel1 |
121 | NeoPixel2 |
122 | NeoPixel3 |
123 | NeoPixel4 |
124 | RateRoll |
125 | RatePitch |
126 | RateThrust |
127 | RateYaw |
129 | ProfiLED1 |
130 | ProfiLED2 |
131 | ProfiLED3 |
132 | ProfiLEDClock |
134 | SERVOn_MIN |
135 | SERVOn_TRIM |
136 | SERVOn_MAX |
138 | Alarm |
139 | Alarm Inverted |
140 | RCIN1Scaled |
141 | RCIN2Scaled |
142 | RCIN3Scaled |
143 | RCIN4Scaled |
144 | RCIN5Scaled |
145 | RCIN6Scaled |
146 | RCIN7Scaled |
147 | RCIN8Scaled |
148 | RCIN9Scaled |
149 | RCIN10Scaled |
150 | RCIN11Scaled |
151 | RCIN12Scaled |
152 | RCIN13Scaled |
153 | RCIN14Scaled |
154 | RCIN15Scaled |
155 | RCIN16Scaled |
160 | Motor13 |
161 | Motor14 |
162 | Motor15 |
163 | Motor16 |
164 | Motor17 |
165 | Motor18 |
166 | Motor19 |
167 | Motor20 |
168 | Motor21 |
169 | Motor22 |
170 | Motor23 |
171 | Motor24 |
172 | Motor25 |
173 | Motor26 |
174 | Motor27 |
175 | Motor28 |
176 | Motor29 |
177 | Motor30 |
178 | Motor31 |
179 | Motor32 |
Enable of BLHeli pass-thru servo protocol support to specific channels. This mask is in addition to motors enabled using SERVO_BLH_AUTO (if any)
If set to 1 this auto-enables BLHeli pass-thru support for all multicopter motors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Setting SERVO_BLH_TEST to a motor number enables an internal test of the BLHeli ESC protocol to the corresponding ESC. The debug output is displayed on the USB console.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TestMotor1 |
2 | TestMotor2 |
3 | TestMotor3 |
4 | TestMotor4 |
5 | TestMotor5 |
6 | TestMotor6 |
7 | TestMotor7 |
8 | TestMotor8 |
This sets the inactivity timeout for the BLHeli protocol in seconds. If no packets are received in this time normal MAVLink operations are resumed. A value of 0 means no timeout
This sets the rate in Hz for requesting telemetry from ESCs. It is the rate per ESC. Setting to zero disables telemetry requests
When set to 1 this enabled verbose debugging output over MAVLink when the blheli protocol is active. This can be used to diagnose failures.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
When set to a non-zero value this overrides the output type for the output channels given by SERVO_BLH_MASK. This can be used to enable DShot on outputs that are not part of the multicopter motors group.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | OneShot |
2 | OneShot125 |
3 | Brushed |
4 | DShot150 |
5 | DShot300 |
6 | DShot600 |
7 | DShot1200 |
This sets the mavlink channel to use for blheli pass-thru. The channel number is determined by the number of serial ports configured to use mavlink. So 0 is always the console, 1 is the next serial port using mavlink, 2 the next after that and so on.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Console |
1 | Mavlink Serial Channel1 |
2 | Mavlink Serial Channel2 |
3 | Mavlink Serial Channel3 |
4 | Mavlink Serial Channel4 |
5 | Mavlink Serial Channel5 |
This allows calculation of true RPM from ESC's eRPM. The default is 14.
Mask of channels which are dynamically reversible. This is used to configure ESCs in '3D' mode, allowing for the motor to spin in either direction. Note that setting an ESC as reversible with this option on AM32 will result in the forward direction of the ESC changing. You can combine with parameter with the SERVO_BLH_RVMASK parameter to maintain the same direction when the ESC is in 3D mode as it has in unidirectional (non-3D) mode.
Mask of channels which support bi-directional dshot telemetry. This is used for ESCs which have firmware that supports bi-directional dshot allowing fast rpm telemetry values to be returned for the harmonic notch.
Mask of channels which are reversed. This is used to configure ESCs to reverse motor direction. Note that when combined with SERVO_BLH_3DMASK this will change what direction is considered to be forward.
Servo channel mask specifying FETtec ESC output.
Servo channel mask to reverse rotation of FETtec ESC outputs.
Number of motor electrical poles
Position minimum at servo min value. This should be within the position control range of the servos, normally 0 to 4095
Position maximum at servo max value. This should be within the position control range of the servos, normally 0 to 4095
This sets the SBUS output frame rate in Hz.
Enable of volz servo protocol to specific channels
Range to map between 1000 and 2000 PWM. Default value of 200 gives full +-100 deg range of extended position command. This results in 0.2 deg movement per US change in PWM. If the full range is not needed it can be reduced to increase resolution. 40 deg range gives 0.04 deg movement per US change in PWM, this is higher resolution than possible with the VOLZ protocol so further reduction in range will not improve resolution. Reduced range does allow PWMs outside the 1000 to 2000 range, with 40 deg range 750 PWM results in a angle of -30 deg, 2250 would be +30 deg. This is still limited by the 200 deg maximum range of the actuator.
Controls which axis are being excited. Set to non-zero to see more parameters
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Input Roll Angle |
2 | Input Pitch Angle |
3 | Input Yaw Angle |
4 | Recovery Roll Angle |
5 | Recovery Pitch Angle |
6 | Recovery Yaw Angle |
7 | Rate Roll |
8 | Rate Pitch |
9 | Rate Yaw |
10 | Mixer Roll |
11 | Mixer Pitch |
12 | Mixer Yaw |
13 | Mixer Thrust |
Magnitude of sweep in deg, deg/s and 0-1 for mixer outputs.
Frequency at the start of the sweep
Frequency at the end of the sweep
Time to reach maximum amplitude of sweep
Time taken to complete the sweep
Time to reach zero amplitude at the end of the sweep
A multiplier for the XY velocity and position controller when using systemID in VTOL modes that do horizontal position and velocity control
Gyro drift rate of change in degrees/second/minute
Gyro drift duration of one full drift cycle (period in minutes)
Thrust from Motors in SIM_ENGINE_FAIL will be multiplied by this factor
Allows you to emulate wind in sim
Allows you to set wind direction (true deg) in sim
Allows you to emulate random wind variations in sim
this controls the time over which wind changes take effect
Sonar rotation from rotations enumeration
Simulated battery (constant) voltage
Simulated battery capacity
Probablility a sonar glitch would happen
Scaling factor for simulated sonar noise
Allows you to emulate rc failures in sim
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | No RC pusles |
2 | All Channels neutral except Throttle is 950us |
If set, if a numerical error occurs SITL will die with a floating point exception.
The set of actuators controlled externally by CAN SITL AP_Periph
transport type for first CAN interface
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MulticastUDP |
2 | SocketCAN |
transport type for second CAN interface
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MulticastUDP |
2 | SocketCAN |
Sonar conversion scale from distance to voltage
Enable simulated Optical Flow sensor
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enabled |
Enable using terrain for height
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enabled |
Opflow Data Rate
Opflow data delay
Total number of ADSB simulated aircraft
Simulated standard deviation of radius in ADSB of another aircraft
Simulated ADSB altitude of another aircraft
SITL GPIO emulation
ADSB transceiever enable and disable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Transceiever disable |
1 | Transceiever enable |
Runs the simulation at multiples of normal speed. Do not use if realtime physics, like RealFlight, is being used
XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
XYZ position of the IMU accelerometer relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
XYZ position of the sonar relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
XYZ position of the sonar relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
XYZ position of the sonar relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
XYZ position of the optical flow sensor focal point relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
mask of motors which SIM_ENGINE_MUL will be applied to
Baro start temperature
Barometer board temperature offset from atmospheric temperature
Barometer warmup temperature time constant
A pressure change with temperature that closely matches what has been observed with a ICM-20789
Allows you to set vertical wind direction (true deg) in sim. 0 means pure horizontal wind. 90 means pure updraft.
Selects how wind varies from surface to WIND_T_ALT
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | square law |
1 | none |
2 | linear-see WIND_T_COEF |
Altitude at which wind reaches full strength, decaying from full strength as altitude lowers to ground level
For linear wind profile,wind is reduced by (Altitude-WIND_T_ALT) x this value
SITL RC channel count
SITL set this simulated pin to true if vehicle is on ground
SITL enable bandwidth limitting on telemetry ports with non-zero values
Acceleration of shove to vehicle in x axis
Acceleration of shove to vehicle in y axis
Acceleration of shove to vehicle in z axis
Force to the vehicle over a period of time
Optical Flow sensor measurement noise
Rotational acceleration of twist x axis
Rotational acceleration of twist y axis
Rotational acceleration of twist z axis
Time that twist is applied on the vehicle
Ground behavior of aircraft (tailsitter, no movement, forward only)
Simulated orientation of the IMUs
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | Yaw45 |
2 | Yaw90 |
3 | Yaw135 |
4 | Yaw180 |
5 | Yaw225 |
6 | Yaw270 |
7 | Yaw315 |
8 | Roll180 |
9 | Yaw45Roll180 |
10 | Yaw90Roll180 |
11 | Yaw135Roll180 |
12 | Pitch180 |
13 | Yaw225Roll180 |
14 | Yaw270Roll180 |
15 | Yaw315Roll180 |
16 | Roll90 |
17 | Yaw45Roll90 |
18 | Yaw90Roll90 |
19 | Yaw135Roll90 |
20 | Roll270 |
21 | Yaw45Roll270 |
22 | Yaw90Roll270 |
23 | Yaw135Roll270 |
24 | Pitch90 |
25 | Pitch270 |
26 | Yaw90Pitch180 |
27 | Yaw270Pitch180 |
28 | Pitch90Roll90 |
29 | Pitch90Roll180 |
30 | Pitch90Roll270 |
31 | Pitch180Roll90 |
32 | Pitch180Roll270 |
33 | Pitch270Roll90 |
34 | Pitch270Roll180 |
35 | Pitch270Roll270 |
36 | Yaw90Pitch180Roll90 |
37 | Yaw270Roll90 |
38 | Yaw293Pitch68Roll180 |
39 | Pitch315 |
40 | Pitch315Roll90 |
42 | Roll45 |
43 | Roll315 |
100 | Custom 4.1 and older |
101 | Custom 1 |
102 | Custom 2 |
Wave enable and modes
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | disabled |
1 | roll and pitch |
2 | roll and pitch and heave |
Wave length in SITL
Wave amplitude in SITL
Direction wave is coming from
Wave speed in SITL
Tide direction wave is coming from
Tide speed in simulation
Specifies vehicle's startup latitude
Specifies vehicle's startup longitude
Specifies vehicle's startup altitude (AMSL)
Specifies vehicle's startup heading (0-360)
Extra time delay per main loop
Different types of Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) systems
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MegaSquirt EFI system |
2 | Löweheiser EFI system |
8 | Hirth engines |
Motor harmonics generated in SITL
Motor mask, allowing external simulators to mark motors
Max frequency to use as baseline for adding motor noise for the gyros and accels
Minimum throttle for simulated ins noise
Amplitude scaling of motor noise relative to gyro/accel noise
SITL odometry enabl
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
LED layout config value
Scenario for thermalling simulation, for soaring
SITL Loop rate
Number of simulated IMUs to create
Number of simulated baros to create in SITL
Upper limit of random jitter in loop time
enable perfect simulated ESC telemetry
Simulated RPM when motors are armed
Sets percentage of outgoing byte loss on UARTs
specifies which simulated ADSB types are active
Simulated OSD number of text columns
Simulated OSD number of text rows
GPS initial lat offset from origin
GPS initial lon offset from origin
GPS initial alt offset from origin
Log number for GPS:update_file()
Scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
Magnetometer measurement delay
Height above ground where anomally strength has decayed to 1/8 of the ground level value
MAG1 external compass orientation
Scale the compass 1 to simulate sensor scale factor errors
Device ID of simulated compass 1
Device ID of simulated compass 2
Device ID of simulated compass 3
Device ID of simulated compass 4
Device ID of simulated compass 5
Device ID of simulated compass 6
Device ID of simulated compass 7
Device ID of simulated compass 8
Simulated failure of MAG1
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | MAG1 Failure |
MAG2 external compass orientation
Simulated failure of MAG2
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | MAG2 Failure |
Scale the compass 2 to simulate sensor scale factor errors
Simulated failure of MAG3
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | MAG3 Failure |
Scale the compass 3 to simulate sensor scale factor errors
MAG3 external compass orientation
This forces saving of compass devids on startup so that simulated compasses start as calibrated
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Starting IMU temperature of a curve
Ending IMU temperature of a curve
IMU temperature time constant of the curve
IMU fixed temperature by user
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)
Simulated failure of ACCEL1
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ACCEL1 Failure |
Simulated failure of ACCEL2
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ACCEL2 Failure |
Simulated failure of ACCEL3
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ACCEL3 Failure |
Determines if the gyro reading updates are stopped when for an IMU simulated failure by ACCELx_FAIL params
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Readings stopped |
Determines if the acclerometer reading updates are stopped when for an IMU simulated failure by ACCELx_FAIL params
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Readings stopped |
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
Trim applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
Trim applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
Trim applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
the instance number to take servos from
channels which are passed through to actual hardware when running sim on actual hardware
Read and write gyro data to/from files
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Stop writing data |
1 | Read data from file |
2 | Write data to a file |
3 | Read data from file and stop on EOF |
Read and write accelerometer data to/from files
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Stop writing data |
1 | Read data from file |
2 | Write data to a file |
3 | Read data from file and stop on EOF |
First Gyro bias on X axis
First Gyro bias on Y axis
First Gyro bias on Z axis
Second Gyro bias on X axis
Second Gyro bias on Y axis
Second Gyro bias on Z axis
Third Gyro bias on X axis
Third Gyro bias on Y axis
Third Gyro bias on Z axis
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
Simulated failure of ACCEL4
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ACCEL4 Failure |
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)
Fourth Gyro bias on X axis
Fourth Gyro bias on Y axis
Fourth Gyro bias on Z axis
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated accelerometer (Z-axis)
Simulated failure of ACCEL5
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | ACCEL5 Failure |
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (X-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Y-axis)
scaling factors applied to simulated gyroscope (Z-axis)
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
scaling factor for simulated vibration from motors
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (X-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Y-axis)
bias of simulated accelerometer sensor (Z-axis)
Fifth Gyro bias on X axis
Fifth Gyro bias on Y axis
Fifth Gyro bias on Z axis
Allow relay output operation when running SIM-on-hardware
If non-zero the vehicle will be clamped in position until the value on this servo channel passes 1800PWM
Total number of AIS simulated vessels
Simulated standard deviation of radius in AIS of a vessel
Simulated Airspeed sensor noise
Simulated Airspeed sensor offset
Simulates Airspeed sensor 1 failure
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Simulated airspeed sensor failure pressure
Simulated airspeed sensor pitot tube failure pressure
Simulated airspeed sensor with reversed pitot/static connections
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Simulated airspeed sensor ratio
Simulated Airspeed sensor noise
Simulated Airspeed sensor offset
Simulates Airspeed sensor 1 failure
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Simulated airspeed sensor failure pressure
Simulated airspeed sensor pitot tube failure pressure
Simulated airspeed sensor with reversed pitot/static connections
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Simulated airspeed sensor ratio
Barometer noise in height
Barometer altitude drifts at this rate
Disable barometer in SITL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Barometer glitch height in SITL
Freeze barometer to last recorded altitude
Barometer data time delay
Barometer wind coefficient direction forward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction backward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction right in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction left in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction up in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction down in SITL
Barometer noise in height
Barometer altitude drifts at this rate
Disable barometer in SITL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Barometer glitch height in SITL
Freeze barometer to last recorded altitude
Barometer data time delay
Barometer wind coefficient direction forward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction backward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction right in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction left in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction up in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction down in SITL
Barometer noise in height
Barometer altitude drifts at this rate
Disable barometer in SITL
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Barometer glitch height in SITL
Freeze barometer to last recorded altitude
Barometer data time delay
Barometer wind coefficient direction forward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction backward in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction right in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction left in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction up in SITL
Barometer wind coefficient direction down in SITL
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the simulated buzzer
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the Buzzer is connected to (start at 1)
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the FETtecOneWireESC simulator
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Allows you to turn power off to the simulated ESCs. Bits correspond to the ESC ID, *NOT* their servo channel.
balloon burst height
balloon climb rate. If the value is less than zero then the balloon is disabled.
Enable simulated GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
GPS lag
Sets the type of simulation used for GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | UBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SBP |
7 | File |
8 | Nova |
9 | SBP2 |
11 | Trimble |
19 | MSP |
Percent of bytes lost from GPS
Number of satellites GPS has in view
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (X-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Y-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Z-axis)
GPS Update rate
GPS altitude drift error
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
Amplitude of the GPS altitude error
Delay in seconds before GPS acquires lock
GPS Altitude Error
Enable GPS output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Emit HDT |
2 | Emit THS |
3 | KSXT |
4 | Be Moving Baseline Base |
GPS Accuracy
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)
Enable simulated GPS jamming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
GPS heading offset in degrees. how off the simulated GPS heading is from the actual heading
Enable simulated GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
GPS lag
Sets the type of simulation used for GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | UBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SBP |
7 | File |
8 | Nova |
9 | SBP2 |
11 | Trimble |
19 | MSP |
Percent of bytes lost from GPS
Number of satellites GPS has in view
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (X-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Y-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Z-axis)
GPS Update rate
GPS altitude drift error
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
Amplitude of the GPS altitude error
Delay in seconds before GPS acquires lock
GPS Altitude Error
Enable GPS output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Emit HDT |
2 | Emit THS |
3 | KSXT |
4 | Be Moving Baseline Base |
GPS Accuracy
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)
Enable simulated GPS jamming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
GPS heading offset in degrees. how off the simulated GPS heading is from the actual heading
Enable simulated GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
GPS lag
Sets the type of simulation used for GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | UBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SBP |
7 | File |
8 | Nova |
9 | SBP2 |
11 | Trimble |
19 | MSP |
Percent of bytes lost from GPS
Number of satellites GPS has in view
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (X-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Y-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Z-axis)
GPS Update rate
GPS altitude drift error
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
Amplitude of the GPS altitude error
Delay in seconds before GPS acquires lock
GPS Altitude Error
Enable GPS output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Emit HDT |
2 | Emit THS |
3 | KSXT |
4 | Be Moving Baseline Base |
GPS Accuracy
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)
Enable simulated GPS jamming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
GPS heading offset in degrees. how off the simulated GPS heading is from the actual heading
Enable simulated GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
GPS lag
Sets the type of simulation used for GPS
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | UBlox |
5 | NMEA |
6 | SBP |
7 | File |
8 | Nova |
9 | SBP2 |
11 | Trimble |
19 | MSP |
Percent of bytes lost from GPS
Number of satellites GPS has in view
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (X-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Y-axis)
Glitch offsets of simulated GPS sensor (Z-axis)
GPS Update rate
GPS altitude drift error
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (X-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Y-axis)
GPS antenna phase center position relative to the body frame origin (Z-axis)
Amplitude of the GPS altitude error
Delay in seconds before GPS acquires lock
GPS Altitude Error
Enable GPS output of NMEA heading HDT sentence or UBLOX_RELPOSNED
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Emit HDT |
2 | Emit THS |
3 | KSXT |
4 | Be Moving Baseline Base |
GPS Accuracy
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (X-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Y-axis)
GPS Velocity Error Offsets in NED (Z-axis)
Enable simulated GPS jamming
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
GPS heading offset in degrees. how off the simulated GPS heading is from the actual heading
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the gripper servo simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the gripper emp is connected to. (start at 1)
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the gripper servo simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the gripper servo is connected to. (start at 1)
PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to initiate grabbing the cargo
PWM value in microseconds sent to Gripper to release the cargo
Reverse the closing direction.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Normal |
1 | Reverse |
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the FuelCell simulator
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | V1 Protocol |
2 | V2 Protocol |
Explicitly specify a state for the generator to be in
Explicitly specify an error code to send to the generator
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Parachute simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the Parachute pyrotechnics are connected to. (start at 1)
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Preland simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Precland device center's latitude
Precland device center's longitude
Precland device center's height above SITL origin. Assumes a 2x2m square as station base
Precland device systems rotation from north
Precland device rate. e.g led patter refresh rate, RF message rate, etc.
Precland device radiance type: it can be a cylinder, a cone, or a sphere.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | cylinder |
1 | cone |
2 | sphere |
Precland device maximum range altitude
Precland device maximum lateral range
Precland device orientation vector
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Front |
4 | Back |
24 | Up |
SIM_Precland extra options
This makes the position of the landing beacon follow the simulated ship from SIM_SHIP. The ship movement is controlled with the SIM_SHIP parameters
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Bitmask of FlightAxis options
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the RichenPower simulator
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the RichenPower spinner servo is connected to. (start at 1)
mass of blimp not including lifting gas
mass of lifting gas
distance from center of mass to one motor
thrust at max throttle for one motor
drag on X axis
drag on Y axis
drag on Z axis
moment of inertia in yaw
moment of inertia in roll
moment of inertia in pitch
altitude target
target climb rate
maximum yaw rate with full left throttle at target altitude
maximum motor tilt angle
center of lift position above CoG
center of drag for weathervaning
amount of additional lift generated by the helper balloon (for the purpose of ascent), as a proportion of the 'neutral buoyancy' lift
servo speed (time for 60 degree deflection). If DELAY and FILTER are not set then this is converted to a 1p lowpass filter. If DELAY or FILTER are set then this is treated as a rate of change limit
servo delay
servo filter
Enable ship landing simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enabled |
Speed of the ship
Diameter of the circle the ship is traveling on
System ID of the ship
Size of the ship's deck
Defines the offset of the ship's landing pad w.r.t. the ship's origin, i.e. where the beacon is placed on the ship (X-axis)
Defines the offset of the ship's landing pad w.r.t. the ship's origin, i.e. where the beacon is placed on the ship (Y-axis)
Defines the offset of the ship's landing pad w.r.t. the ship's origin, i.e. where the beacon is placed on the ship (Z-axis)
Slung Payload Sim enable/disable
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Slung Payload weight in kg
Slung Payload line length in meters
Slung Payload drag coefficient. Higher values increase drag and slow the payload more quickly
Slung Payload MAVLink system id to distinguish it from others on the same network
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Sprayer simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
The pin number that the Sprayer pump is connected to. (start at 1)
The pin number that the Sprayer spinner servo is connected to. (start at 1)
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the simulated tonealarm
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Enable or disable the tether simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Linear mass density of the tether wire
Maximum length of the tether line in meters
MAVLink system ID for the tether simulation, used to distinguish it from other systems on the network
Enable or disable a stuck tether simulation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
Spring constant for the tether to simulate elastic forces when stretched beyond its maximum length
Damping constant for the tether to simulate resistance based on change in stretch
SITL vicon position on vehicle in Forward direction
SITL vicon position on vehicle in Right direction
SITL vicon position on vehicle in Down direction
SITL vicon position glitch North
SITL vicon position glitch East
SITL vicon position glitch Down
SITL vicon failure
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Vicon Healthy |
1 | Vicon Failed |
SITL vicon yaw angle in earth frame
SITL vicon yaw added to reported yaw sent to vehicle
SITL vicon messages sent
SITL vicon velocity glitch North
SITL vicon velocity glitch East
SITL vicon velocity glitch Down
SITL vicon position standard deviation for gaussian noise
SITL vicon velocity standard deviation for gaussian noise
SITL vicon rate
Allows you to enable (1) or disable (0) the Volz simulator
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Enabled |
mask of servo output channels to override with values from Volz protocol. Note these are indexed from 0 - so channel 3 (usually throttle) has value 4 in this bitmask (1<<2).
fail servo at current position. Channel 1 is bit 0.
Toggles the soaring mode on and off
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Rate of climb to trigger themalling speed
Standard deviation of noise in process for strength
Standard deviation of noise in process for position and radius
Standard deviation of noise in measurement
Initial guess of the distance to the thermal center
Minimum number of seconds to spend thermalling
Minimum number of seconds to spend cruising
Zero lift drag coefficient
Induced drag coeffient
Cl factor 2*m*g/(rho*S)
Don't thermal any higher than this.
Don't get any lower than this.
Cut off throttle at this alt.
The previous mode will be restored if the horizontal distance to the thermalling start location exceeds this value. -1 to disable.
RTL will be entered when a thermal is exited and the plane is more than this distance from home. -1 to disable.
This parameter sets the bank angle to use when thermalling. Typically 30 - 45 degrees works well.
If non-zero this airspeed will be used when thermalling. A value of 0 will use AIRSPEED_CRUISE.
If non-zero this airspeed will be used when cruising between thermals in AUTO. If set to -1, airspeed will be selected based on speed-to-fly theory. If set to 0, then AIRSPEED_CRUISE will be used while cruising between thermals.
This sets the flap when in LOITER with soaring active. Overrides the usual auto flap behaviour.
Number of times board has been booted
Total FlightTime (seconds)
Total time autopilot has run
Seconds since January 1st 2016 (Unix epoch+1451606400) since statistics reset (set to 0 to reset statistics, other set values will be ignored)
Total number of flights
This controls the time constant in seconds from demanded to achieved steering angle. A value of 0.75 is a good default and will work with nearly all rovers. Ground steering in aircraft needs a bit smaller time constant, and a value of 0.5 is recommended for best ground handling in fixed wing aircraft. A value of 0.75 means that the controller will try to correct any deviation between the desired and actual steering angle in 0.75 seconds. Advanced users may want to reduce this time to obtain a faster response but there is no point setting a time less than the vehicle can achieve.
The proportional gain for steering. This should be approximately equal to the diameter of the turning circle of the vehicle at low speed and maximum steering angle
This is the gain from the integral of steering angle. Increasing this gain causes the controller to trim out steady offsets due to an out of trim vehicle.
This adjusts the damping of the steering control loop. This gain helps to reduce steering jitter with vibration. It should be increased in 0.01 increments as too high a value can lead to a high frequency steering oscillation that could overstress the vehicle.
This limits the number of degrees of steering in centi-degrees over which the integrator will operate. At the default setting of 1500 centi-degrees, the integrator will be limited to +- 15 degrees of servo travel. The maximum servo deflection is +- 45 centi-degrees, so the default value represents a 1/3rd of the total control throw which is adequate unless the vehicle is severely out of trim.
This is the minimum assumed ground speed in meters/second for steering. Having a minimum speed prevents oscillations when the vehicle first starts moving. The vehicle can still drive slower than this limit, but the steering calculations will be done based on this minimum speed.
The feed forward gain for steering this is the ratio of the achieved turn rate to applied steering. A value of 1 means that the vehicle would yaw at a rate of 45 degrees per second with full steering deflection at 1m/s ground speed.
Speed after that the maximum degree of steering will start to derate. Set this speed to a maximum speed that a plane can do controlled turn at maximum angle of steering wheel without rolling to wing. If 0 then no derating is used.
Degrees of steering wheel to derate at each additional m/s of speed above "Derating speed". Should be set so that at higher speeds the plane does not roll to the wing in turns.
The angle that limits smallest angle of steering wheel at maximum speed. Even if it should derate below, it will stop derating at this angle.
Maximum demanded climb rate. Do not set higher than the climb speed at THR_MAX at AIRSPEED_CRUISE when the battery is at low voltage. Reduce value if airspeed cannot be maintained on ascent. Increase value if throttle does not increase significantly to ascend.
Minimum sink rate when at THR_MIN and AIRSPEED_CRUISE.
Time constant of the TECS control algorithm. Small values make faster altitude corrections but can cause overshoot and aggressive behavior.
Damping gain for throttle demand loop. Increase to add throttle activity to dampen oscillations in speed and height.
Integrator gain to trim out long-term speed and height errors.
Maximum vertical acceleration used to correct speed or height errors.
This is the cross-over frequency of the complementary filter used to fuse vertical acceleration and baro alt to obtain an estimate of height rate and height.
This is the cross-over frequency of the complementary filter used to fuse longitudinal acceleration and airspeed to obtain a lower noise and lag estimate of airspeed.
Gain from bank angle to throttle to compensate for loss of airspeed from drag in turns. Set to approximately 10x the sink rate in m/s caused by a 45-degree turn. High efficiency models may need less while less efficient aircraft may need more. Should be tuned in an automatic mission with waypoints and turns greater than 90 degrees. Tune with PTCH2SRV_RLL and KFF_RDDRMIX to achieve constant airspeed, constant altitude turns.
Mixing of pitch and throttle correction for height and airspeed errors. Pitch controls altitude and throttle controls airspeed if set to 0. Pitch controls airspeed and throttle controls altitude if set to 2 (good for gliders). Blended if set to 1.
Damping gain for pitch control from TECS control. Increasing may correct for oscillations in speed and height, but too much may cause additional oscillation and degraded control.
Maximum demanded descent rate. Do not set higher than the vertical speed the aircraft can maintain at THR_MIN, TECS_PITCH_MIN, and AIRSPEED_MAX.
When performing an autonomous landing, this value is used as the goal airspeed during approach. Max airspeed allowed is Trim Airspeed or AIRSPEED_MAX as defined by LAND_OPTIONS bitmask. Note that this parameter is not useful if your platform does not have an airspeed sensor (use TECS_LAND_THR instead). If negative then this value is halfway between AIRSPEED_MIN and AIRSPEED_CRUISE speed for fixed wing autolandings.
Use this parameter instead of LAND_ARSPD if your platform does not have an airspeed sensor. It is the cruise throttle during landing approach. If this value is negative then it is disabled and TECS_LAND_ARSPD is used instead.
Same as SPDWEIGHT parameter, with the exception that this parameter is applied during landing flight stages. A value closer to 2 will result in the plane ignoring height error during landing and our experience has been that the plane will therefore keep the nose up -- sometimes good for a glider landing (with the side effect that you will likely glide a ways past the landing point). A value closer to 0 results in the plane ignoring speed error -- use caution when lowering the value below 1 -- ignoring speed could result in a stall. Values between 0 and 2 are valid values for a fixed landing weight. When using -1 the weight will be scaled during the landing. At the start of the landing approach it starts with TECS_SPDWEIGHT and scales down to 0 by the time you reach the land point. Example: Halfway down the landing approach you'll effectively have a weight of TECS_SPDWEIGHT/2.
Overrides PTCH_LIM_MAX_DEG in automatic throttle modes to reduce climb rates. Uses PTCH_LIM_MAX_DEG if set to 0. For proper TECS tuning, set to the angle that the aircraft can climb at AIRSPEED_CRUISE and THR_MAX.
Overrides PTCH_LIM_MIN_DEG in automatic throttle modes to reduce descent rates. Uses PTCH_LIM_MIN_DEG if set to 0. For proper TECS tuning, set to the angle that the aircraft can descend at without overspeeding.
The sink rate in meters/second for the final stage of landing.
This is the time constant of the TECS control algorithm when in final landing stage of flight. It should be smaller than TECS_TIME_CONST to allow for faster flare
This is the sink rate gain for the pitch demand loop when in final landing stage of flight. It should be larger than TECS_PTCH_DAMP to allow for better sink rate control during flare.
This limits the pitch used during the final stage of automatic landing. During the final landing stage most planes need to keep their pitch small to avoid stalling. A maximum of 10 degrees is usually good. A value of zero means to use the normal pitch limits.
The sink rate max for the landing approach stage of landing. This will need to be large for steep landing approaches especially when using reverse thrust. If 0, then use TECS_SINK_MAX.
When zero, the flare sink rate (TECS_LAND_SINK) is a fixed sink demand. With this enabled the flare sink rate will increase/decrease the flare sink demand as you get further beyond the LAND waypoint. Has no effect before the waypoint. This value is added to TECS_LAND_SINK proportional to distance traveled after wp. With an increasing sink rate you can still land in a given distance if you're traveling too fast and cruise passed the land point. A positive value will force the plane to land sooner proportional to distance passed land point. A negative number will tell the plane to slowly climb allowing for a pitched-up stall landing. Recommend 0.2 as initial value.
Damping gain for the throttle demand loop during an auto-landing. Same as TECS_THR_DAMP but only in effect during an auto-land. Increase to add throttle activity to dampen oscillations in speed and height. When set to 0 landing throttle damping is controlled by TECS_THR_DAMP.
This is the integrator gain on the control loop during landing. When set to 0 then TECS_INTEG_GAIN is used. Increase to increase the rate at which speed and height offsets are trimmed out. Typically values lower than TECS_INTEG_GAIN work best
This is the integrator gain on the control loop during takeoff. Increase to increase the rate at which speed and height offsets are trimmed out.
This is the damping gain for the pitch demand loop during landing. Increase to add damping to correct for oscillations in speed and height. If set to 0 then TECS_PTCH_DAMP will be used instead.
This enables the use of synthetic airspeed in TECS for aircraft that don't have a real airspeed sensor. This is useful for development testing where the user is aware of the considerable limitations of the synthetic airspeed system, such as very poor estimates when a wind estimate is not accurate. Do not enable this option unless you fully understand the limitations of a synthetic airspeed estimate. This option has no effect if a healthy airspeed sensor is being used for airspeed measurements.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
This allows the enabling of special features in the speed/height controller.
This parameter sets the airspeed at which no feed-forward is applied between demanded airspeed and pitch. It should correspond to the airspeed in metres per second at which the plane glides at neutral pitch including STAB_PITCH_DOWN.
This parameter sets the gain between demanded airspeed and pitch. It has units of radians per metre per second and should generally be negative. A good starting value is -0.04 for gliders and -0.08 for draggy airframes. The default (0.0) disables this feed-forward.
The externally set forward throttle lower limit applied within TECS will be reduced by this many percentage points per second after being set. Set to a non positive value to hold the lower limit for one frame only.
When height above ground is below this, the sink rate will be held at TECS_LAND_SINK. Use this to perform a hold-off manoeuvre when combined with small values for TECS_LAND_SINK.
This sets the time constant of the low pass filter that is applied to the height demand input when bit 0 of TECS_OPTIONS is not selected.
Enables temperature sensor logging
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | Log all instances |
2 | Log only instances with sensor source set to None |
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
Enables temperature sensors
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disabled |
1 | TSYS01 |
2 | MCP9600 |
3 | MAX31865 2 or 4 wire |
4 | TSYS03 |
5 | Analog |
6 | DroneCAN |
7 | MLX90614 |
8 | SHT3x |
9 | MAX31865 3 wire |
Temperature sensor bus number, typically used to select from multiple I2C buses
Temperature sensor address, typically used for I2C address
Sensor Source is used to designate which device's temperature report will be replaced by this temperature sensor's data. If 0 (None) then the data is only available via log. In the future a new Motor temperature report will be created for returning data directly.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | ESC |
2 | Motor |
3 | Battery Index |
4 | Battery ID/SerialNumber |
5 | CAN based Pitot tube |
6 | DroneCAN-out on AP_Periph |
Sensor Source Identification is used to replace a specific instance of a system component's temperature report with the temp sensor's. Examples: TEMP_SRC = 1 (ESC), TEMP_SRC_ID = 1 will set the temp of ESC1. TEMP_SRC = 3 (BatteryIndex),TEMP_SRC_ID = 2 will set the temp of BATT2. TEMP_SRC = 4 (BatteryId/SerialNum),TEMP_SRC_ID=42 will set the temp of all batteries that have param BATTn_SERIAL = 42.
Sets the analog input pin that should be used for temprature monitoring. Values for some autopilots are given as examples. Search wiki for "Analog pins".
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
-1 | Disabled |
2 | Pixhawk/Pixracer/Navio2/Pixhawk2_PM1 |
5 | Navigator |
13 | Pixhawk2_PM2/CubeOrange_PM2 |
14 | CubeOrange |
16 | Durandal |
100 | PX4-v1 |
a0 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a1 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a2 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a3 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a4 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
a5 in polynomial of form temperature in deg = a0 + a1*voltage + a2*voltage^2 + a3*voltage^3 + a4*voltage^4 + a5*voltage^5
Sets the message device ID this backend listens for
Nominal RTD resistance used to calculate temperature, typically 100 or 1000 ohms.
Reference resistance used to calculate temperature, in ohms
enable terrain data. This enables the vehicle storing a database of terrain data on the SD card. The terrain data is requested from the ground station as needed, and stored for later use on the SD card. To be useful the ground station must support TERRAIN_REQUEST messages and have access to a terrain database, such as the SRTM database.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Distance between terrain grid points in meters. This controls the horizontal resolution of the terrain data that is stored on te SD card and requested from the ground station. If your GCS is using the ArduPilot SRTM database like Mission Planner or MAVProxy, then a resolution of 100 meters is appropriate. Grid spacings lower than 100 meters waste SD card space if the GCS cannot provide that resolution. The grid spacing also controls how much data is kept in memory during flight. A larger grid spacing will allow for a larger amount of data in memory. A grid spacing of 100 meters results in the vehicle keeping 12 grid squares in memory with each grid square having a size of 2.7 kilometers by 3.2 kilometers. Any additional grid squares are stored on the SD once they are fetched from the GCS and will be loaded as needed.
Options to change behaviour of terrain system
Margin in centi-meters to accept terrain data from the GCS. This can be used to allow older terrain data generated with less accurate latitude/longitude scaling to be used
The maximum adjustment of terrain altitude based on the assumption that the vehicle is on the ground when it is armed. When the vehicle is armed the location of the vehicle is recorded, and when terrain data is available for that location a height adjustment for terrain data is calculated that aligns the terrain height at that location with the altitude recorded at arming. This height adjustment is applied to all terrain data. This parameter clamps the amount of adjustment. A value of zero disables the use of terrain height adjustment.
The number of 32x28 cache blocks to keep in memory. Each block uses about 1800 bytes of memory
This is the target altitude for TAKEOFF mode
This is the altitude below which the wings are held level for TAKEOFF and AUTO modes. Below this altitude, roll demand is restricted to LEVEL_ROLL_LIMIT. Normal-flight roll restriction resumes above TKOFF_LVL_ALT*3 or TKOFF_ALT, whichever is lower. Roll limits are scaled while between TKOFF_LVL_ALT and those altitudes for a smooth transition.
This is the target pitch during the takeoff.
This is the distance from the takeoff location where the plane will loiter. The loiter point will be in the direction of takeoff (the direction the plane is facing when the plane begins takeoff)
Degrees of pitch angle demanded during the takeoff run before speed reaches TKOFF_ROTATE_SPD. For taildraggers set to 3-point ground pitch angle and use TKOFF_TDRAG_ELEV to prevent nose tipover. For nose-wheel steer aircraft set to the ground pitch angle and if a reduction in nose-wheel load is required as speed rises, use a positive offset in TKOFF_GND_PITCH of up to 5 degrees above the angle on ground, starting at the measured pitch angle and incrementing in 1 degree steps whilst checking for premature rotation and takeoff with each increment. To increase nose-wheel load, use a negative TKOFF_TDRAG_ELEV and refer to notes on TKOFF_TDRAG_ELEV before making adjustments.
This sets which parameter or set of parameters will be tuned. Values greater than 100 indicate a set of parameters rather than a single parameter. Parameters less than 50 are for QuadPlane vertical lift motors only.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | RateRollPI |
2 | RateRollP |
3 | RateRollI |
4 | RateRollD |
5 | RatePitchPI |
6 | RatePitchP |
7 | RatePitchI |
8 | RatePitchD |
9 | RateYawPI |
10 | RateYawP |
11 | RateYawI |
12 | RateYawD |
13 | AngleRollP |
14 | AnglePitchP |
15 | AngleYawP |
16 | PosXYP |
17 | PosZP |
18 | VelXYP |
19 | VelXYI |
20 | VelZP |
21 | AccelZP |
22 | AccelZI |
23 | AccelZD |
24 | RatePitchFF |
25 | RateRollFF |
26 | RateYawFF |
50 | FixedWingRollP |
51 | FixedWingRollI |
52 | FixedWingRollD |
53 | FixedWingRollFF |
54 | FixedWingPitchP |
55 | FixedWingPitchI |
56 | FixedWingPitchD |
57 | FixedWingPitchFF |
101 | Set_RateRollPitch |
102 | Set_RateRoll |
103 | Set_RatePitch |
104 | Set_RateYaw |
105 | Set_AngleRollPitch |
106 | Set_VelXY |
107 | Set_AccelZ |
108 | Set_RatePitchDP |
109 | Set_RateRollDP |
110 | Set_RateYawDP |
This sets the channel for transmitter tuning. This should be connected to a knob or slider on your transmitter. It needs to be setup to use the PWM range given by TUNE_CHAN_MIN to TUNE_CHAN_MAX
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
5 | Chan5 |
6 | Chan6 |
7 | Chan7 |
8 | Chan8 |
9 | Chan9 |
10 | Chan10 |
11 | Chan11 |
12 | Chan12 |
13 | Chan13 |
14 | Chan14 |
15 | Chan15 |
16 | Chan16 |
This sets the PWM lower limit for the tuning channel
This sets the PWM upper limit for the tuning channel
This sets the channel for the transmitter tuning selector switch. This should be a 2 position switch, preferably spring loaded. A PWM above 1700 means high, below 1300 means low. If no selector is set then you won't be able to switch between parameters during flight or re-center the tuning knob
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Chan1 |
2 | Chan3 |
3 | Chan3 |
4 | Chan4 |
5 | Chan5 |
6 | Chan6 |
7 | Chan7 |
8 | Chan8 |
9 | Chan9 |
10 | Chan10 |
11 | Chan11 |
12 | Chan12 |
13 | Chan13 |
14 | Chan14 |
15 | Chan15 |
16 | Chan16 |
This sets the range over which tuning will change a parameter. A value of 2 means the tuning parameter will go from 0.5 times the start value to 2x the start value over the range of the tuning channel
This controls whether tuning values will revert on a flight mode change.
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
This sets the controller error threshold above which an alarm will sound and a message will be sent to the GCS to warn of controller instability while tuning. The error is the rms value of the P+D corrections in the loop. High values in hover indicate possible instability due to too high PID gains or excessively high D to P gain ratios.-1 will disable this message.
Visual odometry camera connection type
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | None |
1 | MAVLink |
2 | IntelT265 |
3 | VOXL(ModalAI) |
X position of the camera in body frame. Positive X is forward of the origin.
Y position of the camera in body frame. Positive Y is to the right of the origin.
Z position of the camera in body frame. Positive Z is down from the origin.
Visual odometery camera orientation
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Forward |
2 | Right |
4 | Back |
6 | Left |
24 | Up |
25 | Down |
Visual odometry scaling factor applied to position estimates from sensor
Visual odometry sensor delay relative to inertial measurements
Visual odometry velocity measurement noise in m/s
Visual odometry position measurement noise minimum (meters). This value will be used if the sensor provides a lower noise value (or no noise value)
Visual odometry yaw measurement noise minimum (radians), This value will be used if the sensor provides a lower noise value (or no noise value)
Visual odometry will only be sent to EKF if over this value. -1 to always send (even bad values), 0 to send if good or unknown
Toggles the Video Transmitter on and off
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Video Transmitter Power Level. Different VTXs support different power levels, the power level chosen will be rounded down to the nearest supported power level
Video Transmitter Channel
Video Transmitter Band
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Band A |
1 | Band B |
2 | Band E |
3 | Airwave |
4 | RaceBand |
5 | Low RaceBand |
6 | 1G3 Band A |
7 | 1G3 Band B |
8 | Band X |
9 | 3G3 Band A |
10 | 3G3 Band B |
Video Transmitter Frequency. The frequency is derived from the setting of BAND and CHANNEL
Video Transmitter Options. Pitmode puts the VTX in a low power state. Unlocked enables certain restricted frequencies and power levels. Do not enable the Unlocked option unless you have appropriate permissions in your jurisdiction to transmit at high power levels. One stop-bit may be required for VTXs that erroneously mimic iNav behaviour.
Video Transmitter Maximum Power Level. Different VTXs support different power levels, this prevents the power aux switch from requesting too high a power level. The switch supports 6 power levels and the selected power will be a subdivision between 0 and this setting.
Gain from lateral acceleration to demanded yaw rate for aircraft with enough fuselage area to detect lateral acceleration and sideslips. Do not enable for flying wings and gliders. Actively coordinates flight more than just yaw damping. Set after YAW2SRV_DAMP and YAW2SRV_INT are tuned.
Integral gain from lateral acceleration error. Effectively trims rudder to eliminate long-term sideslip.
Gain from yaw rate to rudder. Most effective at yaw damping and should be tuned after KFF_RDDRMIX. Also disables YAW2SRV_INT if set to 0.
Gain to the yaw rate required to keep it consistent with the turn rate in a coordinated turn. Corrects for yaw tendencies after the turn is established. Increase yaw into the turn by raising. Increase yaw out of the turn by decreasing. Values outside of 0.9-1.1 range indicate airspeed calibration problems.
Limit of yaw integrator gain in centi-degrees of servo travel. Servos are assumed to have +/- 4500 centi-degrees of travel, so a value of 1500 allows trim of up to 1/3 of servo travel range.
Enable yaw rate controller for aerobatic flight
Value | Meaning |
---|---|
0 | Disable |
1 | Enable |
Yaw axis rate controller P gain. Corrects in proportion to the difference between the desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller I gain. Corrects long-term difference in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller I gain maximum. Constrains the maximum that the I term will output
Yaw axis rate controller D gain. Compensates for short-term change in desired yaw rate vs actual yaw rate
Yaw axis rate controller feed forward
Yaw axis rate controller target frequency in Hz
Yaw axis rate controller error frequency in Hz
Yaw axis rate controller derivative frequency in Hz
Sets an upper limit on the slew rate produced by the combined P and D gains. If the amplitude of the control action produced by the rate feedback exceeds this value, then the D+P gain is reduced to respect the limit. This limits the amplitude of high frequency oscillations caused by an excessive gain. The limit should be set to no more than 25% of the actuators maximum slew rate to allow for load effects. Note: The gain will not be reduced to less than 10% of the nominal value. A value of zero will disable this feature.
Yaw axis rate controller PD sum maximum. The maximum/minimum value that the sum of the P and D term can output
FF D Gain which produces an output that is proportional to the rate of change of the target
Yaw Target notch filter index
Yaw Error notch filter index